tc-alpha.c revision 1.6 1 1.1 christos /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
2 1.6 christos Copyright (C) 1989-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 christos Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
4 1.1 christos Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
5 1.1 christos Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
6 1.1 christos Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
7 1.1 christos Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
8 1.1 christos
9 1.1 christos This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
10 1.1 christos
11 1.1 christos GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 1.1 christos it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 1.1 christos the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
14 1.1 christos any later version.
15 1.1 christos
16 1.1 christos GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 1.1 christos but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 1.1 christos MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 1.1 christos GNU General Public License for more details.
20 1.1 christos
21 1.1 christos You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 1.1 christos along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
23 1.1 christos Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
24 1.1 christos 02110-1301, USA. */
25 1.1 christos
26 1.1 christos /* Mach Operating System
27 1.1 christos Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
28 1.1 christos All Rights Reserved.
29 1.1 christos
30 1.1 christos Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
31 1.1 christos documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
32 1.1 christos notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
33 1.1 christos software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
34 1.1 christos thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
35 1.1 christos
36 1.1 christos CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
37 1.1 christos CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
38 1.1 christos ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
39 1.1 christos
40 1.1 christos Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
41 1.1 christos
42 1.1 christos Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
43 1.1 christos School of Computer Science
44 1.1 christos Carnegie Mellon University
45 1.1 christos Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
46 1.1 christos
47 1.1 christos any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
48 1.1 christos rights to redistribute these changes. */
49 1.1 christos
50 1.1 christos #include "as.h"
51 1.1 christos #include "subsegs.h"
52 1.1 christos #include "struc-symbol.h"
53 1.1 christos #include "ecoff.h"
54 1.1 christos
55 1.1 christos #include "opcode/alpha.h"
56 1.1 christos
57 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
58 1.1 christos #include "elf/alpha.h"
59 1.1 christos #endif
60 1.1 christos
61 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
62 1.1 christos #include "vms.h"
63 1.1 christos #include "vms/egps.h"
64 1.1 christos #endif
65 1.1 christos
66 1.1 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
67 1.1 christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
68 1.1 christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
69 1.1 christos
70 1.1 christos /* Local types. */
72 1.1 christos
73 1.1 christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
74 1.1 christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
75 1.1 christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
76 1.1 christos #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
77 1.1 christos
78 1.1 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
79 1.1 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
80 1.1 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
81 1.1 christos
82 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup
83 1.1 christos {
84 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
85 1.1 christos /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
86 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
87 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
88 1.1 christos /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
89 1.1 christos symbolS *xtrasym;
90 1.1 christos
91 1.1 christos /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
92 1.1 christos symbolS *procsym;
93 1.1 christos #endif
94 1.1 christos };
95 1.1 christos
96 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn
97 1.1 christos {
98 1.1 christos unsigned insn;
99 1.1 christos int nfixups;
100 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
101 1.1 christos long sequence;
102 1.1 christos };
103 1.1 christos
104 1.1 christos enum alpha_macro_arg
105 1.1 christos {
106 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA = 1,
107 1.1 christos MACRO_IR,
108 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR,
109 1.1 christos MACRO_OPIR,
110 1.1 christos MACRO_CPIR,
111 1.1 christos MACRO_FPR,
112 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP
113 1.1 christos };
114 1.1 christos
115 1.1 christos struct alpha_macro
116 1.1 christos {
117 1.1 christos const char *name;
118 1.1 christos void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
119 1.1 christos const void * arg;
120 1.1 christos enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
121 1.1 christos };
122 1.1 christos
123 1.1 christos /* Extra expression types. */
124 1.1 christos
125 1.1 christos #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
126 1.1 christos #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
127 1.1 christos
128 1.1 christos /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
129 1.1 christos #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
130 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
131 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
132 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
133 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
134 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
135 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
136 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
137 1.1 christos #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
138 1.1 christos #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
139 1.1 christos #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
140 1.1 christos #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
141 1.1 christos #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
142 1.1 christos #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
143 1.1 christos #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
144 1.1 christos #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
145 1.1 christos #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
146 1.1 christos #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
147 1.1 christos #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
148 1.1 christos #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
149 1.1 christos #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
150 1.1 christos #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
151 1.1 christos #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
152 1.1 christos
153 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
154 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
155 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
156 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
157 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
158 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
159 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
160 1.1 christos
161 1.1 christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
162 1.1 christos
163 1.1 christos /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
164 1.1 christos
165 1.1 christos #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
166 1.1 christos #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
167 1.1 christos #define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
168 1.1 christos
169 1.1 christos /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
170 1.1 christos
171 1.1 christos #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
172 1.1 christos #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
173 1.1 christos
174 1.1 christos /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
175 1.1 christos /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
176 1.1 christos cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
177 1.1 christos
178 1.1 christos #if 1
179 1.1 christos #define range_signed_16(x) \
180 1.1 christos (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
181 1.1 christos #define range_signed_32(x) \
182 1.1 christos (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
183 1.1 christos #else
184 1.1 christos #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
185 1.1 christos (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
186 1.1 christos #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
187 1.1 christos (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
188 1.1 christos #endif
189 1.1 christos
190 1.1 christos /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
191 1.1 christos /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
192 1.1 christos but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
193 1.1 christos
194 1.1 christos #if 1
195 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
196 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
197 1.1 christos #else
198 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
199 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
200 1.1 christos ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
201 1.1 christos #endif
202 1.1 christos
203 1.1 christos /* Macros to build tokens. */
204 1.1 christos
205 1.1 christos #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
206 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_register, \
207 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
208 1.1 christos #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
209 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_pregister, \
210 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
211 1.1 christos #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
212 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
213 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
214 1.1 christos #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
215 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_register, \
216 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
217 1.1 christos #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
218 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_symbol, \
219 1.1 christos (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
220 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (a))
221 1.1 christos #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
222 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_constant, \
223 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (n))
224 1.1 christos
225 1.1 christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
227 1.1 christos targets. */
228 1.1 christos
229 1.1 christos /* Characters which always start a comment. */
230 1.1 christos const char comment_chars[] = "#";
231 1.1 christos
232 1.1 christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
233 1.1 christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
234 1.1 christos
235 1.1 christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
236 1.1 christos single line. */
237 1.1 christos const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
238 1.1 christos
239 1.1 christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
240 1.1 christos point number. */
241 1.1 christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
242 1.1 christos
243 1.1 christos /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
244 1.5 christos as in 0d1.0. */
245 1.1 christos /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
246 1.1 christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
247 1.1 christos
248 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
249 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
250 1.1 christos #else
251 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
252 1.1 christos #endif
253 1.1 christos
254 1.1 christos struct option md_longopts[] =
255 1.1 christos {
256 1.1 christos #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
257 1.1 christos { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
258 1.1 christos #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
259 1.1 christos { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
260 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
261 1.1 christos #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
262 1.1 christos #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
263 1.1 christos { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
264 1.1 christos { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
265 1.1 christos #endif
266 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
267 1.1 christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
268 1.3 christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
269 1.1 christos { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
270 1.1 christos { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
271 1.1 christos #endif
272 1.1 christos { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
273 1.1 christos };
274 1.1 christos
275 1.1 christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
276 1.1 christos
277 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
279 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R0 0
280 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R16 16
281 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R17 17
282 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T9
283 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T9 22
284 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T10
285 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T10 23
286 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T11
287 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T11 24
288 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T12
289 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T12 25
290 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_AI 25
291 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_FP
292 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_FP 29
293 1.1 christos
294 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_GP
295 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
296 1.1 christos
297 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
298 1.1 christos
299 1.1 christos /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
300 1.1 christos static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
301 1.1 christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
302 1.1 christos
303 1.1 christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
304 1.1 christos static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
305 1.1 christos
306 1.1 christos /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
307 1.1 christos static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
308 1.1 christos
309 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
310 1.1 christos /* The $gp relocation symbol. */
311 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
312 1.1 christos
313 1.1 christos /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
314 1.1 christos valueT alpha_gp_value;
315 1.1 christos #endif
316 1.1 christos
317 1.1 christos /* The current $gp register. */
318 1.1 christos static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
319 1.1 christos
320 1.1 christos /* A table of the register symbols. */
321 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
322 1.1 christos
323 1.1 christos /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
324 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
325 1.1 christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
326 1.1 christos #endif
327 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
328 1.1 christos segT alpha_link_section;
329 1.1 christos #endif
330 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
331 1.1 christos static segT alpha_lit8_section;
332 1.1 christos #endif
333 1.1 christos
334 1.1 christos /* Symbols referring to said sections. */
335 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
336 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
337 1.1 christos #endif
338 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
339 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
340 1.1 christos #endif
341 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
342 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
343 1.1 christos #endif
344 1.1 christos
345 1.1 christos /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
346 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
347 1.1 christos static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
348 1.1 christos #endif
349 1.1 christos
350 1.1 christos /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
351 1.1 christos static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
352 1.1 christos
353 1.1 christos /* Are macros enabled? */
354 1.1 christos static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
355 1.1 christos
356 1.1 christos /* Are floats disabled? */
357 1.1 christos static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
358 1.1 christos
359 1.1 christos /* Are addresses 32 bit? */
360 1.1 christos static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
361 1.1 christos
362 1.1 christos /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
363 1.1 christos foo:
364 1.1 christos .quad 0
365 1.1 christos and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
366 1.1 christos will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
367 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
368 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
369 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
370 1.1 christos #endif
371 1.1 christos
372 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
373 1.1 christos /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
374 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
375 1.1 christos #endif
376 1.1 christos
377 1.1 christos /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
378 1.1 christos .align 0 will turn this off. */
379 1.1 christos static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
380 1.1 christos
381 1.1 christos /* The known current alignment of the current section. */
382 1.1 christos static int alpha_current_align;
383 1.1 christos
384 1.1 christos /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
385 1.1 christos unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
386 1.1 christos
387 1.1 christos /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
388 1.1 christos static int alpha_debug;
389 1.1 christos
390 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
391 1.1 christos /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
392 1.1 christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
393 1.1 christos #endif
394 1.1 christos
395 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
396 1.1 christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
397 1.1 christos int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
398 1.1 christos #endif
399 1.1 christos
400 1.1 christos /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
401 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_relax;
402 1.1 christos
403 1.1 christos /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
404 1.1 christos static int g_switch_value = 8;
405 1.1 christos
406 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
407 1.1 christos /* Collect information about current procedure here. */
408 1.1 christos struct alpha_evax_procs
409 1.1 christos {
410 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
411 1.1 christos int pdsckind;
412 1.1 christos int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
413 1.1 christos int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
414 1.1 christos int rsa_offset;
415 1.1 christos int ra_save;
416 1.1 christos int fp_save;
417 1.1 christos long imask;
418 1.1 christos long fmask;
419 1.1 christos int type;
420 1.1 christos int prologue;
421 1.1 christos symbolS *handler;
422 1.1 christos int handler_data;
423 1.1 christos };
424 1.1 christos
425 1.1 christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
426 1.1 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
427 1.1 christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
428 1.1 christos
429 1.1 christos /* Current procedure descriptor. */
430 1.1 christos static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
431 1.1 christos static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
432 1.1 christos
433 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
434 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
435 1.1 christos
436 1.1 christos /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
437 1.1 christos longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
438 1.1 christos
439 1.1 christos #endif
440 1.1 christos
441 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
443 1.1 christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
444 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
445 1.1 christos that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
446 1.1 christos
447 1.1 christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
448 1.1 christos (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
449 1.1 christos ? (abort (), 0) \
450 1.1 christos : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
451 1.1 christos
452 1.1 christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
453 1.1 christos { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
454 1.1 christos
455 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
456 1.1 christos {
457 1.1 christos const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
458 1.1 christos size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
459 1.1 christos operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
460 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
461 1.1 christos unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
462 1.1 christos unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
463 1.1 christos }
464 1.1 christos alpha_reloc_op[] =
465 1.1 christos {
466 1.1 christos DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
467 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
468 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
469 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
470 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
471 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
472 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
473 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
474 1.1 christos DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
475 1.1 christos DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
476 1.1 christos DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
477 1.1 christos DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
478 1.1 christos DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
479 1.1 christos DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
480 1.1 christos DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
481 1.1 christos DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
482 1.1 christos DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
483 1.1 christos DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
484 1.1 christos DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
485 1.1 christos DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
486 1.1 christos DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
487 1.1 christos DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
488 1.1 christos DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
489 1.1 christos };
490 1.1 christos
491 1.1 christos #undef DEF
492 1.1 christos
493 1.1 christos static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
494 1.1 christos = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
495 1.1 christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
496 1.1 christos
497 1.1 christos /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
498 1.1 christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
499 1.1 christos
500 1.1 christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
501 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
502 1.1 christos {
503 1.1 christos fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
504 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
505 1.1 christos struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
506 1.1 christos struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
507 1.1 christos #endif
508 1.1 christos fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
509 1.1 christos segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
510 1.1 christos long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
511 1.1 christos unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
512 1.1 christos unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
513 1.1 christos unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
514 1.1 christos unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
515 1.1 christos unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
516 1.1 christos unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
517 1.1 christos unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
518 1.1 christos char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
519 1.1 christos };
520 1.1 christos
521 1.1 christos /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
522 1.1 christos static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
523 1.1 christos
524 1.1 christos /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
525 1.1 christos static long next_sequence_num = -1;
526 1.1 christos
527 1.1 christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
529 1.1 christos
530 1.1 christos static const struct cpu_type
531 1.1 christos {
532 1.1 christos const char *name;
533 1.1 christos unsigned flags;
534 1.1 christos }
535 1.1 christos cpu_types[] =
536 1.1 christos {
537 1.1 christos /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
538 1.1 christos This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
539 1.1 christos usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
540 1.1 christos specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
541 1.1 christos
542 1.1 christos { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
543 1.1 christos { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
544 1.1 christos { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
545 1.1 christos { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
546 1.1 christos { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
547 1.1 christos { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
548 1.1 christos { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
549 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
550 1.1 christos { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
551 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
552 1.1 christos { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
553 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
554 1.1 christos { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
555 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
556 1.1 christos
557 1.1 christos { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
558 1.1 christos { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
559 1.1 christos { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
560 1.1 christos { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
561 1.1 christos { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
562 1.1 christos { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
563 1.1 christos { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
564 1.1 christos { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
565 1.1 christos { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
566 1.1 christos
567 1.1 christos { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
568 1.1 christos { 0, 0 }
569 1.1 christos };
570 1.1 christos
571 1.1 christos /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
572 1.1 christos static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
573 1.1 christos static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
574 1.1 christos static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
575 1.1 christos static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
576 1.1 christos static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
577 1.1 christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
578 1.1 christos static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
579 1.1 christos static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
580 1.1 christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
581 1.5 christos
582 1.1 christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
583 1.1 christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
584 1.1 christos static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
585 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
586 1.1 christos static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
587 1.1 christos static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
588 1.1 christos #endif
589 1.1 christos
590 1.1 christos static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
592 1.1 christos get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
593 1.1 christos {
594 1.1 christos char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
595 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
596 1.1 christos
597 1.1 christos sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
598 1.1 christos
599 1.1 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
600 1.1 christos if (! info)
601 1.1 christos {
602 1.1 christos size_t len = strlen (buffer);
603 1.1 christos const char *errmsg;
604 1.1 christos
605 1.1 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
606 1.1 christos xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
607 1.1 christos
608 1.1 christos info->segment = now_seg;
609 1.1 christos info->sequence = sequence;
610 1.1 christos strcpy (info->string, buffer);
611 1.1 christos errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
612 1.1 christos if (errmsg)
613 1.1 christos as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
614 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
615 1.1 christos info->sym = 0;
616 1.1 christos info->psym = 0;
617 1.1 christos #endif
618 1.1 christos }
619 1.1 christos
620 1.1 christos return info;
621 1.1 christos }
622 1.1 christos
623 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
624 1.1 christos
625 1.1 christos static void
626 1.1 christos alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
627 1.1 christos asection *sec,
628 1.1 christos void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
629 1.1 christos {
630 1.1 christos segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
631 1.1 christos fixS **prevP;
632 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
633 1.1 christos fixS *next;
634 1.1 christos fixS *slave;
635 1.1 christos
636 1.1 christos /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
637 1.1 christos anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
638 1.1 christos the links in place. */
639 1.1 christos if (seginfo == NULL)
640 1.1 christos return;
641 1.1 christos
642 1.1 christos /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
643 1.1 christos if (! seginfo->fix_root)
644 1.1 christos return;
645 1.1 christos
646 1.1 christos /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
647 1.1 christos gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
648 1.1 christos prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
649 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
650 1.1 christos {
651 1.1 christos next = fixp->fx_next;
652 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
653 1.1 christos
654 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
655 1.1 christos {
656 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
657 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
658 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
659 1.1 christos _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
660 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
661 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
662 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
663 1.1 christos {
664 1.1 christos if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
665 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
666 1.1 christos _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
667 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
668 1.1 christos }
669 1.1 christos else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
670 1.1 christos {
671 1.1 christos if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
672 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
673 1.1 christos _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
674 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
675 1.1 christos }
676 1.1 christos #endif
677 1.1 christos break;
678 1.1 christos
679 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
680 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
681 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
682 1.1 christos _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
683 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
684 1.1 christos break;
685 1.1 christos
686 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
687 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
688 1.1 christos && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
689 1.1 christos || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
690 1.1 christos break;
691 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
692 1.1 christos
693 1.1 christos default:
694 1.1 christos *prevP = fixp;
695 1.1 christos prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
696 1.1 christos break;
697 1.1 christos }
698 1.1 christos }
699 1.1 christos
700 1.1 christos /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
701 1.1 christos linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
702 1.1 christos go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
703 1.1 christos once again.
704 1.1 christos
705 1.1 christos Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
706 1.1 christos number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
707 1.1 christos how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
708 1.1 christos get the relaxation correct.
709 1.6 christos
710 1.1 christos ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
711 1.1 christos we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
712 1.1 christos present. Not implemented.
713 1.1 christos
714 1.1 christos Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
715 1.1 christos in different segments. This can happen with "interesting" uses of
716 1.1 christos inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
717 1.1 christos
718 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
719 1.1 christos {
720 1.1 christos next = fixp->fx_next;
721 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
722 1.1 christos {
723 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
724 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
725 1.1 christos if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
726 1.1 christos break;
727 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
728 1.1 christos break;
729 1.1 christos else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
730 1.1 christos {
731 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
732 1.1 christos _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
733 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
734 1.1 christos (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
735 1.1 christos ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
736 1.1 christos break;
737 1.1 christos }
738 1.1 christos
739 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
740 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
741 1.1 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next;
742 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
743 1.1 christos
744 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
745 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
746 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
747 1.1 christos && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
748 1.1 christos {
749 1.1 christos for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
750 1.1 christos slave != (fixS *) 0;
751 1.1 christos slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
752 1.1 christos {
753 1.1 christos slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
754 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = slave;
755 1.1 christos }
756 1.1 christos }
757 1.1 christos break;
758 1.1 christos
759 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
760 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
761 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
762 1.1 christos _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
763 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
764 1.1 christos else
765 1.1 christos {
766 1.1 christos slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
767 1.1 christos slave->fx_next = next;
768 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = slave;
769 1.1 christos }
770 1.1 christos break;
771 1.1 christos
772 1.1 christos default:
773 1.1 christos break;
774 1.1 christos }
775 1.1 christos }
776 1.1 christos }
777 1.1 christos
778 1.1 christos /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
779 1.1 christos supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
780 1.1 christos relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
781 1.1 christos
782 1.1 christos void
783 1.1 christos alpha_before_fix (void)
784 1.1 christos {
785 1.1 christos if (alpha_literal_hash)
786 1.1 christos bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
787 1.1 christos }
788 1.1 christos
789 1.1 christos #endif
790 1.1 christos
791 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
793 1.1 christos static void
794 1.1 christos debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
795 1.1 christos {
796 1.1 christos int i;
797 1.1 christos
798 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
799 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
800 1.1 christos {
801 1.1 christos expressionS *t = &tok[i];
802 1.1 christos const char *name;
803 1.1 christos
804 1.1 christos switch (t->X_op)
805 1.1 christos {
806 1.1 christos default: name = "unknown"; break;
807 1.1 christos case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
808 1.1 christos case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
809 1.1 christos case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
810 1.1 christos case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
811 1.1 christos case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
812 1.1 christos case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
813 1.1 christos case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
814 1.1 christos case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
815 1.1 christos case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
816 1.1 christos case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
817 1.1 christos case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
818 1.1 christos case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
819 1.1 christos case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
820 1.1 christos case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
821 1.1 christos case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
822 1.1 christos case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
823 1.1 christos case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
824 1.1 christos case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
825 1.1 christos case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
826 1.1 christos case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
827 1.1 christos case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
828 1.1 christos case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
829 1.1 christos case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
830 1.1 christos case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
831 1.1 christos case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
832 1.1 christos case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
833 1.1 christos case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
834 1.1 christos case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
835 1.1 christos case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
836 1.1 christos case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
837 1.1 christos case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
838 1.1 christos case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
839 1.1 christos case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
840 1.1 christos case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
841 1.1 christos case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
842 1.1 christos case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
843 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
844 1.1 christos case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
845 1.1 christos case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
846 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
847 1.1 christos case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
848 1.1 christos case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
849 1.1 christos case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
850 1.1 christos case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
851 1.1 christos case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
852 1.1 christos case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
853 1.1 christos case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
854 1.1 christos case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
855 1.1 christos case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
856 1.1 christos case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
857 1.1 christos case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
858 1.1 christos case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
859 1.1 christos case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
860 1.1 christos case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
861 1.1 christos case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
862 1.1 christos }
863 1.1 christos
864 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
865 1.1 christos (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
866 1.1 christos (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
867 1.1 christos (int) t->X_add_number);
868 1.1 christos }
869 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, "\n");
870 1.1 christos fflush (stderr);
871 1.1 christos }
872 1.1 christos #endif
873 1.1 christos
874 1.1 christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
875 1.1 christos
876 1.1 christos static int
877 1.1 christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
878 1.1 christos expressionS tok[],
879 1.1 christos int ntok)
880 1.1 christos {
881 1.1 christos expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
882 1.1 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
883 1.1 christos int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
884 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
885 1.1 christos expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
886 1.1 christos #endif
887 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
888 1.1 christos char *p;
889 1.1 christos const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
890 1.1 christos int c, i;
891 1.1 christos size_t len;
892 1.1 christos int reloc_found_p = 0;
893 1.1 christos #endif
894 1.1 christos
895 1.1 christos memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
896 1.1 christos
897 1.1 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
898 1.1 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
899 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = str;
900 1.1 christos
901 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
902 1.1 christos /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
903 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
904 1.1 christos #endif
905 1.1 christos
906 1.1 christos while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
907 1.1 christos {
908 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
909 1.1 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
910 1.1 christos {
911 1.1 christos case '\0':
912 1.1 christos goto fini;
913 1.1 christos
914 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
915 1.1 christos case '!':
916 1.1 christos /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
917 1.1 christos assembly language statement, and has the following form:
918 1.1 christos !relocation_type!sequence_number. */
919 1.1 christos if (reloc_found_p)
920 1.1 christos {
921 1.1 christos /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
922 1.1 christos as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
923 1.1 christos goto err_report;
924 1.3 christos }
925 1.1 christos
926 1.1 christos if (!saw_arg)
927 1.1 christos goto err;
928 1.1 christos
929 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
930 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
931 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
932 1.1 christos
933 1.1 christos /* Parse !relocation_type. */
934 1.1 christos len = input_line_pointer - p;
935 1.1 christos if (len == 0)
936 1.1 christos {
937 1.1 christos as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
938 1.1 christos goto err_report;
939 1.1 christos }
940 1.1 christos
941 1.1 christos r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
942 1.1 christos for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
943 1.1 christos if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
944 1.1 christos break;
945 1.3 christos if (i < 0)
946 1.1 christos {
947 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
948 1.1 christos goto err_report;
949 1.1 christos }
950 1.1 christos
951 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
952 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
953 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
954 1.1 christos {
955 1.1 christos if (r->require_seq)
956 1.1 christos {
957 1.1 christos as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
958 1.1 christos goto err_report;
959 1.1 christos }
960 1.1 christos
961 1.1 christos tok->X_add_number = 0;
962 1.1 christos }
963 1.1 christos else
964 1.1 christos {
965 1.1 christos if (! r->allow_seq)
966 1.1 christos {
967 1.1 christos as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
968 1.1 christos goto err_report;
969 1.1 christos }
970 1.1 christos
971 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
972 1.1 christos
973 1.1 christos /* Parse !sequence_number. */
974 1.1 christos expression (tok);
975 1.1 christos if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
976 1.1 christos {
977 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
978 1.1 christos r->name, input_line_pointer);
979 1.1 christos goto err_report;
980 1.1 christos }
981 1.1 christos }
982 1.1 christos
983 1.1 christos tok->X_op = r->op;
984 1.1 christos reloc_found_p = 1;
985 1.1 christos ++tok;
986 1.1 christos break;
987 1.1 christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
988 1.1 christos
989 1.1 christos case ',':
990 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
991 1.1 christos if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
992 1.1 christos goto err;
993 1.1 christos saw_comma = 1;
994 1.1 christos break;
995 1.1 christos
996 1.1 christos case '(':
997 1.1 christos {
998 1.1 christos char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
999 1.1 christos
1000 1.1 christos /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
1001 1.1 christos expression (tok);
1002 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
1003 1.1 christos {
1004 1.1 christos tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
1005 1.1 christos saw_comma = 0;
1006 1.1 christos saw_arg = 1;
1007 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1008 1.6 christos ++tok;
1009 1.1 christos break;
1010 1.1 christos }
1011 1.1 christos
1012 1.1 christos /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
1013 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = hold;
1014 1.1 christos }
1015 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
1016 1.1 christos
1017 1.1 christos default:
1018 1.1 christos if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
1019 1.1 christos goto err;
1020 1.1 christos
1021 1.1 christos expression (tok);
1022 1.1 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
1023 1.1 christos goto err;
1024 1.1 christos
1025 1.1 christos saw_comma = 0;
1026 1.1 christos saw_arg = 1;
1027 1.1 christos ++tok;
1028 1.1 christos break;
1029 1.1 christos }
1030 1.1 christos }
1031 1.1 christos
1032 1.1 christos fini:
1033 1.1 christos if (saw_comma)
1034 1.1 christos goto err;
1035 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1036 1.1 christos
1037 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
1038 1.1 christos debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
1039 1.1 christos #endif
1040 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1041 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1042 1.1 christos #endif
1043 1.1 christos
1044 1.1 christos return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
1045 1.1 christos
1046 1.1 christos err:
1047 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1048 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1049 1.1 christos #endif
1050 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1051 1.1 christos return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
1052 1.1 christos
1053 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1054 1.1 christos err_report:
1055 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1056 1.1 christos #endif
1057 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1058 1.1 christos return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
1059 1.1 christos }
1060 1.1 christos
1061 1.1 christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1062 1.1 christos syntax match. */
1063 1.1 christos
1064 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_opcode *
1065 1.1 christos find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
1066 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
1067 1.1 christos int *pntok,
1068 1.1 christos int *pcpumatch)
1069 1.1 christos {
1070 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
1071 1.1 christos int ntok = *pntok;
1072 1.1 christos int got_cpu_match = 0;
1073 1.1 christos
1074 1.1 christos do
1075 1.1 christos {
1076 1.1 christos const unsigned char *opidx;
1077 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
1078 1.1 christos
1079 1.1 christos /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
1080 1.1 christos if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
1081 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1082 1.1 christos
1083 1.1 christos got_cpu_match = 1;
1084 1.1 christos
1085 1.1 christos for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1086 1.1 christos {
1087 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
1088 1.1 christos
1089 1.1 christos /* Only take input from real operands. */
1090 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
1091 1.1 christos continue;
1092 1.1 christos
1093 1.1 christos /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1094 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
1095 1.1 christos {
1096 1.1 christos if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
1097 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1098 1.1 christos continue;
1099 1.1 christos }
1100 1.1 christos
1101 1.1 christos /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1102 1.1 christos switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1103 1.1 christos {
1104 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
1105 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1106 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1107 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1108 1.1 christos break;
1109 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
1110 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1111 1.1 christos || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1112 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1113 1.1 christos break;
1114 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
1115 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
1116 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1117 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1118 1.1 christos break;
1119 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
1120 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
1121 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1122 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1123 1.1 christos break;
1124 1.1 christos
1125 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
1126 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1127 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1128 1.1 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1129 1.1 christos {
1130 1.1 christos case O_illegal:
1131 1.1 christos case O_absent:
1132 1.1 christos case O_register:
1133 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
1134 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
1135 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1136 1.1 christos
1137 1.1 christos default:
1138 1.1 christos break;
1139 1.1 christos }
1140 1.1 christos break;
1141 1.1 christos
1142 1.1 christos default:
1143 1.1 christos /* Everything else should have been fake. */
1144 1.1 christos abort ();
1145 1.1 christos }
1146 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
1147 1.1 christos }
1148 1.1 christos
1149 1.1 christos /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
1150 1.1 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
1151 1.1 christos {
1152 1.1 christos *pntok = ntok;
1153 1.1 christos return opcode;
1154 1.1 christos }
1155 1.1 christos
1156 1.1 christos match_failed:;
1157 1.1 christos }
1158 1.1 christos while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
1159 1.1 christos && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
1160 1.1 christos
1161 1.1 christos if (*pcpumatch)
1162 1.1 christos *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
1163 1.1 christos
1164 1.1 christos return NULL;
1165 1.1 christos }
1166 1.1 christos
1167 1.1 christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
1168 1.1 christos the insn, but do not emit it.
1169 1.1 christos
1170 1.1 christos Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
1171 1.1 christos than one insn in an insn structure. */
1172 1.1 christos
1173 1.1 christos static void
1174 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
1175 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
1176 1.1 christos int ntok,
1177 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn *insn)
1178 1.1 christos {
1179 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
1180 1.1 christos
1181 1.1 christos /* Search opcodes. */
1182 1.1 christos opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
1183 1.1 christos if (opcode)
1184 1.1 christos {
1185 1.1 christos int cpumatch;
1186 1.1 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
1187 1.1 christos if (opcode)
1188 1.1 christos {
1189 1.1 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
1190 1.1 christos return;
1191 1.1 christos }
1192 1.1 christos else if (cpumatch)
1193 1.1 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
1194 1.1 christos else
1195 1.1 christos as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
1196 1.1 christos alpha_target_name);
1197 1.1 christos }
1198 1.1 christos else
1199 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
1200 1.1 christos }
1201 1.1 christos
1202 1.1 christos /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
1203 1.1 christos .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
1204 1.1 christos
1205 1.1 christos static void
1206 1.1 christos create_literal_section (const char *name,
1207 1.1 christos segT *secp,
1208 1.1 christos symbolS **symp)
1209 1.1 christos {
1210 1.1 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
1211 1.1 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
1212 1.1 christos segT new_sec;
1213 1.1 christos
1214 1.1 christos *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
1215 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
1216 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
1217 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
1218 1.1 christos SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1219 1.1 christos | SEC_DATA);
1220 1.1 christos
1221 1.1 christos S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
1222 1.1 christos }
1223 1.1 christos
1224 1.1 christos /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
1225 1.1 christos
1226 1.1 christos If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
1227 1.1 christos O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
1228 1.1 christos instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
1229 1.1 christos the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
1230 1.1 christos
1231 1.1 christos In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
1232 1.1 christos expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
1233 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
1234 1.1 christos so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
1235 1.1 christos i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
1236 1.1 christos but this is what OSF/1 does.
1237 1.1 christos
1238 1.1 christos If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
1239 1.1 christos and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
1240 1.1 christos
1241 1.1 christos Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
1242 1.1 christos a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
1243 1.1 christos sequence number to use. */
1244 1.1 christos
1245 1.1 christos static long
1246 1.1 christos load_expression (int targreg,
1247 1.1 christos const expressionS *exp,
1248 1.1 christos int *pbasereg,
1249 1.1 christos expressionS *poffset,
1250 1.1 christos const char *opname)
1251 1.1 christos {
1252 1.1 christos long emit_lituse = 0;
1253 1.1 christos offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
1254 1.1 christos int basereg = *pbasereg;
1255 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
1256 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
1257 1.1 christos
1258 1.1 christos switch (exp->X_op)
1259 1.1 christos {
1260 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
1261 1.1 christos {
1262 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1263 1.1 christos offsetT lit;
1264 1.1 christos
1265 1.1 christos /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
1266 1.1 christos its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
1267 1.1 christos which we'd fail. */
1268 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
1269 1.1 christos (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
1270 1.1 christos {
1271 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
1272 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1273 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1274 1.1 christos }
1275 1.1 christos else
1276 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
1277 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1278 1.1 christos
1279 1.1 christos if (lit >= 0x8000)
1280 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1281 1.1 christos
1282 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
1283 1.1 christos
1284 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1285 1.1 christos {
1286 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1287 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1288 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1289 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1290 1.1 christos
1291 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1292 1.1 christos }
1293 1.1 christos else
1294 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1295 1.1 christos
1296 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
1297 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1298 1.1 christos
1299 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1300 1.1 christos
1301 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1302 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1303 1.1 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1304 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
1305 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1306 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
1307 1.1 christos
1308 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1309 1.1 christos {
1310 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1311 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1312 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1313 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1314 1.1 christos
1315 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1316 1.1 christos }
1317 1.1 christos else
1318 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1319 1.1 christos
1320 1.1 christos /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
1321 1.1 christos better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
1322 1.1 christos very infrequently anyway. */
1323 1.1 christos if (1
1324 1.1 christos || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
1325 1.1 christos && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
1326 1.1 christos {
1327 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1328 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1329 1.1 christos }
1330 1.1 christos else
1331 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1332 1.1 christos
1333 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1334 1.1 christos
1335 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1336 1.1 christos
1337 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1338 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1339 1.1 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1340 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1341 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1342 1.1 christos /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
1343 1.1 christos
1344 1.1 christos if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
1345 1.1 christos {
1346 1.1 christos /* Linkage-relative expression. */
1347 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1348 1.1 christos
1349 1.1 christos if (range_signed_16 (addend))
1350 1.1 christos {
1351 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
1352 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1353 1.1 christos }
1354 1.1 christos else
1355 1.1 christos {
1356 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
1357 1.1 christos }
1358 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1359 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
1360 1.1 christos }
1361 1.1 christos else
1362 1.1 christos {
1363 1.1 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
1364 1.1 christos const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
1365 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
1366 1.1 christos
1367 1.1 christos if ((symlen > 4 &&
1368 1.1 christos strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
1369 1.1 christos {
1370 1.1 christos /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
1371 1.1 christos section. Just read the address. */
1372 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1373 1.1 christos
1374 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1375 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
1376 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1377 1.1 christos
1378 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1379 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1380 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
1381 1.1 christos
1382 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1383 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1384 1.1 christos
1385 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
1386 1.1 christos {
1387 1.1 christos /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
1388 1.5 christos char *ensymname;
1389 1.1 christos symbolS *ensym;
1390 1.1 christos
1391 1.1 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
1392 1.1 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1393 1.1 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1394 1.1 christos ptr1 = symname;
1395 1.5 christos ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
1396 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1397 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
1398 1.1 christos
1399 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1400 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
1401 1.1 christos ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
1402 1.1 christos free (ensymname);
1403 1.1 christos symbol_mark_used (ensym);
1404 1.1 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
1405 1.1 christos case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
1406 1.1 christos Utility Manual. */
1407 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
1408 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
1409 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1410 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1411 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1412 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1413 1.1 christos
1414 1.1 christos /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
1415 1.1 christos too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
1416 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
1417 1.1 christos }
1418 1.1 christos else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
1419 1.1 christos {
1420 1.1 christos /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
1421 1.5 christos char *psymname;
1422 1.1 christos symbolS *psym;
1423 1.1 christos
1424 1.1 christos /* Extract NAME. */
1425 1.1 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1426 1.5 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1427 1.1 christos ptr1 = symname;
1428 1.1 christos psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1429 1.1 christos
1430 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1431 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
1432 1.1 christos psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
1433 1.1 christos free (psymname);
1434 1.1 christos symbol_mark_used (psym);
1435 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
1436 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
1437 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1438 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1439 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1440 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1441 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1442 1.1 christos }
1443 1.1 christos
1444 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1445 1.1 christos return 0;
1446 1.1 christos }
1447 1.1 christos else
1448 1.1 christos {
1449 1.1 christos /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
1450 1.1 christos section. */
1451 1.1 christos symbolS *linkexp;
1452 1.1 christos
1453 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1454 1.1 christos addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
1455 1.1 christos linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1456 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1457 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
1458 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1459 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1460 1.1 christos }
1461 1.1 christos }
1462 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
1463 1.1 christos
1464 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1465 1.1 christos
1466 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
1467 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1468 1.1 christos {
1469 1.1 christos /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
1470 1.1 christos
1471 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1472 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1473 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1474 1.1 christos }
1475 1.1 christos #endif
1476 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1477 1.1 christos }
1478 1.1 christos break;
1479 1.1 christos
1480 1.1 christos case O_constant:
1481 1.1 christos break;
1482 1.1 christos
1483 1.1 christos case O_subtract:
1484 1.1 christos /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
1485 1.1 christos absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
1486 1.1 christos
1487 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1488 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1489 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1490 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
1491 1.1 christos
1492 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1493 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1494 1.1 christos return 0;
1495 1.1 christos
1496 1.1 christos case O_big:
1497 1.1 christos if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
1498 1.1 christos as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
1499 1.1 christos else
1500 1.1 christos as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
1501 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1502 1.1 christos break;
1503 1.1 christos
1504 1.1 christos default:
1505 1.1 christos as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
1506 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1507 1.1 christos break;
1508 1.1 christos }
1509 1.1 christos
1510 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1511 1.1 christos {
1512 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1513 1.1 christos symbolS *litexp;
1514 1.1 christos #else
1515 1.1 christos offsetT lit;
1516 1.1 christos long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
1517 1.1 christos #endif
1518 1.1 christos
1519 1.1 christos /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
1520 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1521 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
1522 1.1 christos litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
1523 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1524 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
1525 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1526 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
1527 1.1 christos #else
1528 1.1 christos
1529 1.1 christos if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
1530 1.1 christos {
1531 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".lit8",
1532 1.1 christos &alpha_lit8_section,
1533 1.1 christos &alpha_lit8_symbol);
1534 1.1 christos
1535 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1536 1.1 christos alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
1537 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1538 1.1 christos if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
1539 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1540 1.1 christos #endif
1541 1.1 christos }
1542 1.1 christos
1543 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
1544 1.1 christos if (lit >= 0x8000)
1545 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
1546 1.1 christos
1547 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
1548 1.1 christos
1549 1.1 christos if (targreg == basereg)
1550 1.1 christos {
1551 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1552 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1553 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1554 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1555 1.1 christos
1556 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1557 1.1 christos }
1558 1.1 christos else
1559 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1560 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1561 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
1562 1.1 christos #endif
1563 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1564 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
1565 1.1 christos #endif
1566 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1567 1.1 christos
1568 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1569 1.1 christos
1570 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1571 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1572 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1573 1.1 christos #endif
1574 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1575 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1576 1.1 christos #endif
1577 1.1 christos insn.sequence = seq_num;
1578 1.1 christos
1579 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1580 1.1 christos
1581 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
1582 1.1 christos
1583 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
1584 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
1585 1.1 christos
1586 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1587 1.1 christos
1588 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1589 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
1590 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
1591 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1592 1.1 christos insn.sequence = seq_num;
1593 1.1 christos emit_lituse = 0;
1594 1.1 christos
1595 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1596 1.1 christos
1597 1.1 christos /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
1598 1.1 christos
1599 1.1 christos if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1600 1.1 christos {
1601 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1602 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1603 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1604 1.1 christos }
1605 1.1 christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
1606 1.1 christos
1607 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1608 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1609 1.1 christos *pbasereg = targreg;
1610 1.1 christos }
1611 1.1 christos else
1612 1.1 christos {
1613 1.1 christos offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
1614 1.1 christos
1615 1.1 christos /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
1616 1.1 christos
1617 1.1 christos low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
1618 1.1 christos tmp = addend - low;
1619 1.1 christos high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1620 1.1 christos
1621 1.1 christos if (tmp - (high << 16))
1622 1.1 christos {
1623 1.1 christos extra = 0x4000;
1624 1.1 christos tmp -= 0x40000000;
1625 1.1 christos high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1626 1.1 christos }
1627 1.1 christos else
1628 1.1 christos extra = 0;
1629 1.1 christos
1630 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1631 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1632 1.1 christos
1633 1.1 christos if (extra)
1634 1.1 christos {
1635 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
1636 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
1637 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1638 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
1639 1.1 christos }
1640 1.1 christos
1641 1.1 christos if (high)
1642 1.1 christos {
1643 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
1644 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
1645 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1646 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1647 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1648 1.1 christos }
1649 1.1 christos
1650 1.1 christos if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
1651 1.1 christos {
1652 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
1653 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
1654 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
1655 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1656 1.1 christos low = 0;
1657 1.1 christos }
1658 1.1 christos
1659 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1660 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
1661 1.1 christos *pbasereg = basereg;
1662 1.1 christos }
1663 1.1 christos
1664 1.1 christos return emit_lituse;
1665 1.1 christos }
1666 1.1 christos
1667 1.1 christos /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
1668 1.1 christos most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
1669 1.1 christos large constants. */
1670 1.1 christos
1671 1.1 christos static void
1672 1.1 christos emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
1673 1.1 christos int ntok,
1674 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1675 1.1 christos {
1676 1.1 christos int basereg;
1677 1.1 christos
1678 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
1679 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
1680 1.1 christos else
1681 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
1682 1.1 christos
1683 1.1 christos (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
1684 1.1 christos }
1685 1.1 christos
1686 1.1 christos /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
1687 1.1 christos as an implied base register. */
1688 1.1 christos
1689 1.1 christos static void
1690 1.1 christos emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
1691 1.1 christos int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1692 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1693 1.1 christos {
1694 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
1695 1.1 christos
1696 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
1697 1.1 christos newtok[1] = tok[1];
1698 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
1699 1.1 christos
1700 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1701 1.1 christos }
1702 1.1 christos
1703 1.1 christos /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
1704 1.1 christos of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
1705 1.1 christos says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
1706 1.1 christos feature wrt labels. */
1707 1.1 christos
1708 1.1 christos static void
1709 1.1 christos alpha_align (int n,
1710 1.1 christos char *pfill,
1711 1.1 christos symbolS *label,
1712 1.1 christos int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1713 1.1 christos {
1714 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align >= n)
1715 1.1 christos return;
1716 1.1 christos
1717 1.1 christos if (pfill == NULL)
1718 1.1 christos {
1719 1.1 christos if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
1720 1.1 christos frag_align_code (n, 0);
1721 1.1 christos else
1722 1.1 christos frag_align (n, 0, 0);
1723 1.1 christos }
1724 1.1 christos else
1725 1.1 christos frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
1726 1.1 christos
1727 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = n;
1728 1.1 christos
1729 1.1 christos if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
1730 1.1 christos {
1731 1.1 christos symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
1732 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
1733 1.1 christos }
1734 1.1 christos
1735 1.1 christos record_alignment (now_seg, n);
1736 1.1 christos
1737 1.1 christos /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
1738 1.1 christos in a reloc for the linker to see. */
1739 1.1 christos }
1740 1.1 christos
1741 1.1 christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1742 1.1 christos
1743 1.1 christos static void
1744 1.1 christos emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
1745 1.1 christos {
1746 1.1 christos char *f;
1747 1.1 christos int i;
1748 1.1 christos
1749 1.1 christos /* Take care of alignment duties. */
1750 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
1751 1.1 christos alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
1752 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > 2)
1753 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 2;
1754 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
1755 1.1 christos
1756 1.1 christos /* Write out the instruction. */
1757 1.1 christos f = frag_more (4);
1758 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
1759 1.1 christos
1760 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1761 1.1 christos dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1762 1.1 christos #endif
1763 1.1 christos
1764 1.1 christos /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1765 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
1766 1.1 christos {
1767 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
1768 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1769 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
1770 1.1 christos int size, pcrel;
1771 1.1 christos fixS *fixP;
1772 1.1 christos
1773 1.1 christos /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
1774 1.1 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1775 1.1 christos {
1776 1.1 christos operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
1777 1.1 christos size = 4;
1778 1.1 christos pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
1779 1.1 christos }
1780 1.1 christos else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
1781 1.1 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
1782 1.1 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
1783 1.1 christos {
1784 1.1 christos size = 2;
1785 1.1 christos pcrel = 0;
1786 1.1 christos }
1787 1.1 christos else
1788 1.1 christos {
1789 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1790 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1791 1.1 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1792 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1793 1.1 christos
1794 1.1 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
1795 1.1 christos
1796 1.1 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1797 1.1 christos {
1798 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1799 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1800 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1801 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1802 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1803 1.1 christos break;
1804 1.1 christos #endif
1805 1.1 christos default:
1806 1.1 christos gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
1807 1.1 christos }
1808 1.1 christos
1809 1.1 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1810 1.1 christos }
1811 1.1 christos
1812 1.1 christos fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
1813 1.1 christos &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1814 1.1 christos
1815 1.1 christos /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
1816 1.1 christos and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
1817 1.1 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1818 1.1 christos {
1819 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
1820 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
1821 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
1822 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
1823 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
1824 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
1825 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
1826 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
1827 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
1828 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
1829 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
1830 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
1831 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
1832 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1833 1.1 christos break;
1834 1.1 christos
1835 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
1836 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1837 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1838 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
1839 1.1 christos
1840 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1841 1.1 christos if (++info->n_master > 1)
1842 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1843 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1844 1.1 christos as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1845 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1846 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1847 1.1 christos break;
1848 1.1 christos
1849 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
1850 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1851 1.1 christos
1852 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1853 1.1 christos if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1854 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1855 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1856 1.1 christos as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1857 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1858 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1859 1.1 christos info->slaves = fixP;
1860 1.1 christos break;
1861 1.1 christos
1862 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
1863 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
1864 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1865 1.1 christos
1866 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1867 1.1 christos break;
1868 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1869 1.1 christos info->master = fixP;
1870 1.1 christos info->n_master++;
1871 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1872 1.1 christos info->multi_section_p = 1;
1873 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1874 1.1 christos break;
1875 1.1 christos
1876 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1877 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
1878 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
1879 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1880 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
1881 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
1882 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1883 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
1884 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
1885 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1886 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
1887 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
1888 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1889 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
1890 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
1891 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1892 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
1893 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
1894 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1895 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
1896 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
1897 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1898 1.1 christos do_lituse:
1899 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1900 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
1901 1.1 christos
1902 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1903 1.1 christos if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
1904 1.1 christos info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
1905 1.1 christos else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
1906 1.1 christos info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
1907 1.1 christos if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1908 1.1 christos {
1909 1.1 christos if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
1910 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
1911 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1912 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
1913 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
1914 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1915 1.1 christos }
1916 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1917 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
1918 1.1 christos info->slaves = fixP;
1919 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1920 1.1 christos info->multi_section_p = 1;
1921 1.1 christos break;
1922 1.1 christos
1923 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
1924 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1925 1.1 christos
1926 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1927 1.1 christos break;
1928 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1929 1.1 christos if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1930 1.1 christos as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1931 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1932 1.1 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
1933 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1934 1.1 christos else
1935 1.1 christos info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
1936 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1937 1.1 christos break;
1938 1.1 christos
1939 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
1940 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1941 1.1 christos
1942 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1943 1.1 christos break;
1944 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1945 1.1 christos if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1946 1.1 christos as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1947 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1948 1.1 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
1949 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1950 1.1 christos else
1951 1.1 christos info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
1952 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1953 1.1 christos break;
1954 1.1 christos #endif
1955 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1956 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1957 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1958 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1959 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1960 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
1961 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1962 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
1963 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
1964 1.1 christos break;
1965 1.1 christos #endif
1966 1.1 christos
1967 1.1 christos default:
1968 1.1 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1969 1.1 christos {
1970 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
1971 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1972 1.1 christos }
1973 1.1 christos break;
1974 1.1 christos }
1975 1.1 christos }
1976 1.1 christos }
1977 1.5 christos
1978 1.1 christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
1979 1.1 christos
1980 1.1 christos static unsigned
1981 1.1 christos insert_operand (unsigned insn,
1982 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand,
1983 1.1 christos offsetT val,
1984 1.1 christos const char *file,
1985 1.1 christos unsigned line)
1986 1.1 christos {
1987 1.1 christos if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
1988 1.1 christos {
1989 1.1 christos offsetT min, max;
1990 1.1 christos
1991 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1992 1.1 christos {
1993 1.1 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1994 1.1 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1995 1.1 christos }
1996 1.1 christos else
1997 1.1 christos {
1998 1.1 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1999 1.1 christos min = 0;
2000 1.1 christos }
2001 1.1 christos
2002 1.1 christos if (val < min || val > max)
2003 1.1 christos as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
2004 1.1 christos }
2005 1.1 christos
2006 1.1 christos if (operand->insert)
2007 1.1 christos {
2008 1.1 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2009 1.1 christos
2010 1.1 christos insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2011 1.1 christos if (errmsg)
2012 1.1 christos as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
2013 1.1 christos }
2014 1.1 christos else
2015 1.1 christos insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2016 1.1 christos
2017 1.1 christos return insn;
2018 1.1 christos }
2019 1.1 christos
2020 1.1 christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
2021 1.1 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
2022 1.1 christos
2023 1.1 christos static void
2024 1.1 christos assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
2025 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
2026 1.1 christos int ntok,
2027 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn *insn,
2028 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2029 1.1 christos {
2030 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
2031 1.1 christos const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
2032 1.1 christos const unsigned char *argidx;
2033 1.1 christos unsigned image;
2034 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
2035 1.1 christos
2036 1.1 christos memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
2037 1.1 christos image = opcode->opcode;
2038 1.1 christos
2039 1.1 christos for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
2040 1.1 christos {
2041 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
2042 1.1 christos const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
2043 1.1 christos
2044 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
2045 1.1 christos {
2046 1.1 christos /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
2047 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
2048 1.1 christos continue;
2049 1.1 christos }
2050 1.1 christos
2051 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
2052 1.1 christos {
2053 1.1 christos switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
2054 1.1 christos {
2055 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
2056 1.1 christos t = &tok[0];
2057 1.1 christos break;
2058 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
2059 1.1 christos t = &tok[1];
2060 1.1 christos break;
2061 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
2062 1.1 christos {
2063 1.1 christos static expressionS zero_exp;
2064 1.1 christos t = &zero_exp;
2065 1.1 christos zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
2066 1.1 christos zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
2067 1.1 christos }
2068 1.1 christos break;
2069 1.1 christos default:
2070 1.1 christos abort ();
2071 1.1 christos }
2072 1.1 christos }
2073 1.1 christos else
2074 1.1 christos t = &tok[tokidx++];
2075 1.1 christos
2076 1.1 christos switch (t->X_op)
2077 1.1 christos {
2078 1.1 christos case O_register:
2079 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
2080 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
2081 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
2082 1.1 christos NULL, 0);
2083 1.1 christos break;
2084 1.1 christos
2085 1.1 christos case O_constant:
2086 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
2087 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2088 1.1 christos reloc_operand = operand;
2089 1.1 christos reloc_exp = t;
2090 1.1 christos break;
2091 1.1 christos
2092 1.1 christos default:
2093 1.1 christos /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
2094 1.1 christos which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
2095 1.1 christos if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2096 1.1 christos abort ();
2097 1.1 christos
2098 1.1 christos /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
2099 1.1 christos relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
2100 1.1 christos override the operand reloc. */
2101 1.1 christos if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
2102 1.1 christos {
2103 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2104 1.1 christos
2105 1.1 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2106 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2107 1.1 christos
2108 1.1 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2109 1.1 christos fixup->exp = *t;
2110 1.1 christos fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
2111 1.1 christos }
2112 1.1 christos else
2113 1.1 christos {
2114 1.1 christos if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2115 1.1 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
2116 1.1 christos
2117 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2118 1.1 christos reloc_operand = operand;
2119 1.1 christos reloc_exp = t;
2120 1.1 christos }
2121 1.1 christos break;
2122 1.1 christos }
2123 1.1 christos }
2124 1.1 christos
2125 1.1 christos if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2126 1.1 christos {
2127 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2128 1.1 christos
2129 1.1 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2130 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2131 1.1 christos
2132 1.1 christos /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
2133 1.1 christos relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
2134 1.1 christos correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
2135 1.1 christos if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
2136 1.1 christos {
2137 1.1 christos if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
2138 1.1 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2139 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
2140 1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
2141 1.1 christos else
2142 1.1 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
2143 1.1 christos }
2144 1.1 christos
2145 1.1 christos /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
2146 1.1 christos the relocation width should match the operand width.
2147 1.1 christos Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
2148 1.1 christos else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
2149 1.1 christos {
2150 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
2151 1.1 christos = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
2152 1.1 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
2153 1.1 christos if (reloc_operand == NULL
2154 1.1 christos || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
2155 1.1 christos {
2156 1.1 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
2157 1.1 christos return;
2158 1.1 christos }
2159 1.1 christos }
2160 1.1 christos
2161 1.1 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2162 1.1 christos if (reloc_exp)
2163 1.1 christos fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
2164 1.1 christos else
2165 1.1 christos fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
2166 1.1 christos fixup->reloc = reloc;
2167 1.1 christos }
2168 1.1 christos
2169 1.1 christos insn->insn = image;
2170 1.1 christos }
2171 1.1 christos
2172 1.1 christos /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
2173 1.1 christos etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
2174 1.1 christos expressions like the lda macro. */
2175 1.1 christos
2176 1.1 christos static void
2177 1.1 christos emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
2178 1.1 christos int ntok,
2179 1.1 christos const void * opname)
2180 1.1 christos {
2181 1.1 christos int basereg;
2182 1.1 christos long lituse;
2183 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2184 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2185 1.1 christos const char *symname
2186 1.1 christos = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
2187 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2188 1.1 christos
2189 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2190 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2191 1.1 christos else
2192 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2193 1.3 christos
2194 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
2195 1.1 christos &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2196 1.1 christos
2197 1.1 christos if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
2198 1.1 christos (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
2199 1.1 christos return;
2200 1.1 christos
2201 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2202 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2203 1.1 christos
2204 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2205 1.1 christos
2206 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2207 1.1 christos {
2208 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2209 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2210 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2211 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2212 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2213 1.1 christos }
2214 1.1 christos
2215 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2216 1.1 christos }
2217 1.1 christos
2218 1.1 christos /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
2219 1.1 christos Again, we handle simple expressions. */
2220 1.1 christos
2221 1.1 christos static void
2222 1.1 christos emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
2223 1.1 christos int ntok,
2224 1.1 christos const void * opname)
2225 1.1 christos {
2226 1.1 christos int basereg;
2227 1.1 christos long lituse;
2228 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2229 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2230 1.1 christos
2231 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2232 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2233 1.1 christos else
2234 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2235 1.1 christos
2236 1.1 christos if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
2237 1.1 christos {
2238 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2239 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2240 1.1 christos
2241 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
2242 1.1 christos &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2243 1.1 christos }
2244 1.1 christos else
2245 1.1 christos {
2246 1.1 christos newtok[1] = tok[1];
2247 1.1 christos lituse = 0;
2248 1.1 christos }
2249 1.1 christos
2250 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2251 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2252 1.1 christos
2253 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2254 1.1 christos
2255 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2256 1.1 christos {
2257 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2258 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2259 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2260 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2261 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2262 1.1 christos }
2263 1.1 christos
2264 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2265 1.1 christos }
2266 1.1 christos
2267 1.1 christos /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
2268 1.1 christos
2269 1.1 christos static void
2270 1.1 christos emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2271 1.1 christos int ntok,
2272 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2273 1.1 christos {
2274 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2275 1.1 christos emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
2276 1.1 christos else
2277 1.1 christos {
2278 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2279 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2280 1.1 christos int basereg;
2281 1.1 christos long lituse;
2282 1.1 christos
2283 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2284 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2285 1.1 christos
2286 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2287 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2288 1.1 christos ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2289 1.1 christos else
2290 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2291 1.1 christos
2292 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2293 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2294 1.1 christos
2295 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
2296 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2297 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2298 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2299 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2300 1.1 christos
2301 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2302 1.1 christos {
2303 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2304 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2305 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2306 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2307 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2308 1.1 christos }
2309 1.1 christos
2310 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2311 1.1 christos
2312 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
2313 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2314 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2315 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2316 1.1 christos
2317 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2318 1.1 christos {
2319 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2320 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2321 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2322 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2323 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2324 1.1 christos }
2325 1.1 christos
2326 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2327 1.1 christos }
2328 1.1 christos }
2329 1.1 christos
2330 1.1 christos /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
2331 1.1 christos
2332 1.1 christos static void
2333 1.1 christos emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
2334 1.1 christos int ntok,
2335 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2336 1.1 christos {
2337 1.1 christos emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2338 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2339 1.1 christos }
2340 1.1 christos
2341 1.1 christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
2342 1.1 christos value. */
2343 1.1 christos
2344 1.1 christos static void
2345 1.1 christos emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2346 1.1 christos int ntok,
2347 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2348 1.1 christos {
2349 1.1 christos long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2350 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2351 1.1 christos
2352 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2353 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2354 1.1 christos
2355 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2356 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2357 1.1 christos newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2358 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2359 1.1 christos
2360 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2361 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2362 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2363 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2364 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2365 1.1 christos
2366 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2367 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2368 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2369 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2370 1.1 christos
2371 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2372 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2373 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2374 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2375 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2376 1.1 christos
2377 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2378 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2379 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2380 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2381 1.1 christos
2382 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
2383 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2384 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2385 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[0];
2386 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2387 1.1 christos }
2388 1.1 christos
2389 1.1 christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
2390 1.1 christos Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
2391 1.1 christos don't have to do the sign extension. */
2392 1.1 christos
2393 1.1 christos static void
2394 1.1 christos emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
2395 1.1 christos int ntok,
2396 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2397 1.1 christos {
2398 1.1 christos emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2399 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2400 1.1 christos }
2401 1.1 christos
2402 1.1 christos /* Implement the ldil macro. */
2403 1.1 christos
2404 1.1 christos static void
2405 1.1 christos emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
2406 1.1 christos int ntok,
2407 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2408 1.1 christos {
2409 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[2];
2410 1.1 christos
2411 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
2412 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
2413 1.1 christos
2414 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2415 1.1 christos }
2416 1.1 christos
2417 1.1 christos /* Store a half-word or byte. */
2418 1.1 christos
2419 1.1 christos static void
2420 1.1 christos emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
2421 1.1 christos int ntok,
2422 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2423 1.1 christos {
2424 1.1 christos int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2425 1.1 christos
2426 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2427 1.1 christos emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
2428 1.1 christos else
2429 1.1 christos {
2430 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2431 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2432 1.1 christos int basereg;
2433 1.1 christos long lituse;
2434 1.1 christos
2435 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2436 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2437 1.1 christos
2438 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2439 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2440 1.1 christos ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2441 1.1 christos else
2442 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2443 1.1 christos
2444 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2445 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2446 1.1 christos
2447 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2448 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2449 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2450 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2451 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2452 1.1 christos
2453 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2454 1.1 christos {
2455 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2456 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2457 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2458 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2459 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2460 1.1 christos }
2461 1.1 christos
2462 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2463 1.1 christos
2464 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
2465 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2466 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2467 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2468 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2469 1.1 christos
2470 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2471 1.1 christos {
2472 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2473 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2474 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2475 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2476 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2477 1.1 christos }
2478 1.1 christos
2479 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2480 1.1 christos
2481 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2482 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2483 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2484 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2485 1.1 christos
2486 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2487 1.1 christos {
2488 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2489 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2490 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2491 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2492 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2493 1.1 christos }
2494 1.1 christos
2495 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2496 1.1 christos
2497 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
2498 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2499 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2500 1.1 christos
2501 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
2502 1.1 christos set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
2503 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2504 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2505 1.1 christos
2506 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2507 1.1 christos {
2508 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2509 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2510 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2511 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2512 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2513 1.1 christos }
2514 1.1 christos
2515 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2516 1.1 christos }
2517 1.1 christos }
2518 1.1 christos
2519 1.1 christos /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
2520 1.1 christos
2521 1.1 christos static void
2522 1.1 christos emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
2523 1.1 christos int ntok,
2524 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2525 1.1 christos {
2526 1.1 christos int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2527 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2528 1.1 christos
2529 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2530 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2531 1.1 christos newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2532 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2533 1.1 christos
2534 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
2535 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2536 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2537 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2538 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2539 1.1 christos
2540 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
2541 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2542 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2543 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2544 1.1 christos
2545 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
2546 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2547 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2548 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
2549 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2550 1.1 christos
2551 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
2552 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
2553 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2554 1.1 christos
2555 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2556 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2557 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2558 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2559 1.1 christos
2560 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2561 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2562 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2563 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2564 1.1 christos
2565 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
2566 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2567 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2568 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2569 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2570 1.1 christos
2571 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
2572 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2573 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
2574 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2575 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2576 1.1 christos
2577 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2578 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2579 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2580 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2581 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2582 1.1 christos
2583 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2584 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2585 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2586 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2587 1.1 christos }
2588 1.1 christos
2589 1.1 christos /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
2590 1.1 christos implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
2591 1.1 christos
2592 1.1 christos static void
2593 1.1 christos emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
2594 1.1 christos int ntok,
2595 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2596 1.1 christos {
2597 1.1 christos long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2598 1.1 christos
2599 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2600 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
2601 1.1 christos else
2602 1.1 christos {
2603 1.1 christos int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
2604 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2605 1.1 christos
2606 1.1 christos /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
2607 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2608 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
2609 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
2610 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
2611 1.1 christos
2612 1.1 christos /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
2613 1.1 christos newtok[0] = newtok[2];
2614 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
2615 1.1 christos }
2616 1.1 christos }
2617 1.1 christos
2618 1.1 christos /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
2619 1.1 christos
2620 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2621 1.1 christos
2622 1.1 christos /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
2623 1.1 christos Don't clobber PV and RA. */
2624 1.1 christos
2625 1.1 christos static void
2626 1.1 christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2627 1.1 christos int ntok,
2628 1.1 christos const void * symname)
2629 1.1 christos {
2630 1.1 christos /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2631 1.1 christos
2632 1.1 christos Convert
2633 1.1 christos OP x,y,result
2634 1.1 christos to
2635 1.1 christos mov x,R16 # if x != R16
2636 1.1 christos mov y,R17 # if y != R17
2637 1.1 christos lda AT,__OP
2638 1.1 christos jsr AT,(AT),0
2639 1.1 christos mov R0,result
2640 1.1 christos
2641 1.1 christos with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
2642 1.1 christos specified by the compiler. */
2643 1.1 christos
2644 1.1 christos int xr, yr, rr;
2645 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
2646 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2647 1.1 christos
2648 1.1 christos xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2649 1.1 christos yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2650 1.1 christos
2651 1.1 christos if (ntok < 3)
2652 1.1 christos rr = xr;
2653 1.1 christos else
2654 1.1 christos rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2655 1.1 christos
2656 1.1 christos /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2657 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
2658 1.1 christos {
2659 1.1 christos /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2660 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2661 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2662 1.1 christos
2663 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2664 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2665 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2666 1.1 christos
2667 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
2668 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2669 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2670 1.1 christos
2671 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2672 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2673 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2674 1.1 christos }
2675 1.1 christos else
2676 1.1 christos {
2677 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
2678 1.1 christos {
2679 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2680 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2681 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2682 1.1 christos }
2683 1.1 christos
2684 1.1 christos if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
2685 1.1 christos {
2686 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2687 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2688 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2689 1.1 christos }
2690 1.1 christos
2691 1.1 christos if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
2692 1.1 christos {
2693 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2694 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2695 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2696 1.1 christos }
2697 1.1 christos }
2698 1.1 christos
2699 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2700 1.1 christos
2701 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2702 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2703 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
2704 1.1 christos
2705 1.1 christos /* Call the division routine. */
2706 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2707 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2708 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2709 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
2710 1.1 christos
2711 1.1 christos /* Move the result to the right place. */
2712 1.1 christos if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
2713 1.1 christos {
2714 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
2715 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2716 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2717 1.1 christos }
2718 1.1 christos }
2719 1.1 christos
2720 1.1 christos #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2721 1.1 christos
2722 1.1 christos static void
2723 1.1 christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2724 1.1 christos int ntok,
2725 1.1 christos const void * symname)
2726 1.1 christos {
2727 1.1 christos /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2728 1.1 christos Convert
2729 1.1 christos OP x,y,result
2730 1.1 christos to
2731 1.1 christos lda pv,__OP
2732 1.1 christos mov x,t10
2733 1.1 christos mov y,t11
2734 1.1 christos jsr t9,(pv),__OP
2735 1.1 christos mov t12,result
2736 1.1 christos
2737 1.1 christos with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
2738 1.1 christos specified by the compiler. */
2739 1.1 christos
2740 1.1 christos int xr, yr, rr;
2741 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
2742 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2743 1.1 christos
2744 1.1 christos xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2745 1.1 christos yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2746 1.1 christos
2747 1.1 christos if (ntok < 3)
2748 1.1 christos rr = xr;
2749 1.1 christos else
2750 1.1 christos rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2751 1.1 christos
2752 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2753 1.1 christos
2754 1.1 christos /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2755 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
2756 1.1 christos {
2757 1.1 christos /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2758 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2759 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2760 1.1 christos
2761 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2762 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2763 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2764 1.1 christos
2765 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
2766 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2767 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2768 1.1 christos
2769 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2770 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2771 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2772 1.1 christos }
2773 1.1 christos else
2774 1.1 christos {
2775 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
2776 1.1 christos {
2777 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2778 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2779 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2780 1.1 christos }
2781 1.1 christos
2782 1.1 christos if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
2783 1.1 christos {
2784 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2785 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2786 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2787 1.1 christos }
2788 1.1 christos
2789 1.1 christos if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
2790 1.1 christos {
2791 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2792 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2793 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2794 1.1 christos }
2795 1.1 christos }
2796 1.1 christos
2797 1.1 christos /* Call the division routine. */
2798 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2799 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2800 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
2801 1.1 christos
2802 1.1 christos /* Reload the GP register. */
2803 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2804 1.1 christos FIXME
2805 1.1 christos #endif
2806 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2807 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
2808 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2809 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2810 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
2811 1.1 christos #endif
2812 1.1 christos
2813 1.1 christos /* Move the result to the right place. */
2814 1.1 christos if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
2815 1.1 christos {
2816 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
2817 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2818 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2819 1.1 christos }
2820 1.1 christos }
2821 1.1 christos
2822 1.1 christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2823 1.1 christos
2824 1.1 christos /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
2825 1.1 christos in that they can load the target address and default most
2826 1.1 christos everything. */
2827 1.1 christos
2828 1.1 christos static void
2829 1.1 christos emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
2830 1.1 christos int ntok,
2831 1.1 christos const void * vopname)
2832 1.1 christos {
2833 1.1 christos const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2834 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2835 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2836 1.1 christos int r, tokidx = 0;
2837 1.1 christos long lituse = 0;
2838 1.1 christos
2839 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2840 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2841 1.1 christos else
2842 1.1 christos r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
2843 1.1 christos
2844 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2845 1.1 christos
2846 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok &&
2847 1.1 christos (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2848 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2849 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2850 1.1 christos /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
2851 1.1 christos #else
2852 1.1 christos else
2853 1.1 christos {
2854 1.1 christos int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
2855 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
2856 1.1 christos &basereg, NULL, opname);
2857 1.1 christos }
2858 1.1 christos #endif
2859 1.1 christos
2860 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2861 1.1 christos
2862 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
2863 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok)
2864 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2865 1.1 christos else
2866 1.1 christos #endif
2867 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2868 1.1 christos
2869 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2870 1.1 christos
2871 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2872 1.1 christos {
2873 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2874 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
2875 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2876 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2877 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2878 1.1 christos }
2879 1.1 christos
2880 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2881 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_replace
2882 1.1 christos && r == AXP_REG_RA
2883 1.1 christos && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
2884 1.1 christos && alpha_linkage_symbol)
2885 1.5 christos {
2886 1.1 christos /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
2887 1.1 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2888 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2889 1.1 christos char *ensymname;
2890 1.1 christos
2891 1.1 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
2892 1.1 christos ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
2893 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
2894 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
2895 1.1 christos
2896 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2897 1.1 christos if (insn.nfixups > 0)
2898 1.1 christos {
2899 1.1 christos memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
2900 1.1 christos sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
2901 1.1 christos }
2902 1.1 christos
2903 1.1 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
2904 1.1 christos case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
2905 1.1 christos Linker Utility Manual. */
2906 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
2907 1.5 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
2908 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
2909 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
2910 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
2911 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
2912 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2913 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
2914 1.1 christos free (ensymname);
2915 1.1 christos }
2916 1.1 christos #endif
2917 1.1 christos
2918 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2919 1.1 christos }
2920 1.1 christos
2921 1.1 christos /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
2922 1.1 christos counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
2923 1.1 christos
2924 1.1 christos static void
2925 1.1 christos emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
2926 1.1 christos int ntok,
2927 1.1 christos const void * vopname)
2928 1.1 christos {
2929 1.1 christos const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2930 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2931 1.1 christos int r, tokidx = 0;
2932 1.1 christos
2933 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2934 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2935 1.1 christos else
2936 1.1 christos r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
2937 1.1 christos
2938 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2939 1.1 christos
2940 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok &&
2941 1.1 christos (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2942 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2943 1.1 christos else
2944 1.1 christos r = AXP_REG_RA;
2945 1.1 christos
2946 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2947 1.1 christos
2948 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok)
2949 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2950 1.1 christos else
2951 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
2952 1.1 christos
2953 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
2954 1.1 christos }
2955 1.1 christos
2956 1.1 christos /* Implement the ldgp macro. */
2957 1.1 christos
2958 1.1 christos static void
2959 1.1 christos emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2960 1.1 christos int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2961 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2962 1.1 christos {
2963 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2964 1.1 christos FIXME
2965 1.1 christos #endif
2966 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2967 1.1 christos /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
2968 1.1 christos with appropriate constants and relocations. */
2969 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2970 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2971 1.1 christos expressionS addend;
2972 1.1 christos
2973 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2974 1.1 christos if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
2975 1.1 christos ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
2976 1.1 christos #endif
2977 1.1 christos
2978 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2979 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2980 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[2];
2981 1.1 christos
2982 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
2983 1.1 christos
2984 1.1 christos addend = tok[1];
2985 1.1 christos
2986 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2987 1.1 christos if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
2988 1.1 christos as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
2989 1.1 christos addend.X_op = O_symbol;
2990 1.1 christos addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
2991 1.1 christos #endif
2992 1.1 christos
2993 1.1 christos insn.nfixups = 1;
2994 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
2995 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2996 1.1 christos insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
2997 1.1 christos
2998 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2999 1.1 christos
3000 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
3001 1.1 christos
3002 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
3003 1.1 christos
3004 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3005 1.1 christos addend.X_add_number += 4;
3006 1.1 christos #endif
3007 1.1 christos
3008 1.1 christos insn.nfixups = 1;
3009 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
3010 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
3011 1.1 christos insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
3012 1.1 christos
3013 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
3014 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
3015 1.1 christos }
3016 1.1 christos
3017 1.1 christos /* The macro table. */
3018 1.1 christos
3019 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
3020 1.1 christos {
3021 1.1 christos /* Load/Store macros. */
3022 1.1 christos { "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
3023 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3024 1.1 christos { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
3025 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3026 1.1 christos
3027 1.1 christos { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
3028 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3029 1.1 christos { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
3030 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3031 1.1 christos { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
3032 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3033 1.1 christos { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
3034 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3035 1.1 christos { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
3036 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3037 1.1 christos { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
3038 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3039 1.1 christos { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
3040 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3041 1.1 christos { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
3042 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3043 1.1 christos { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
3044 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3045 1.1 christos
3046 1.1 christos { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
3047 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3048 1.1 christos { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
3049 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3050 1.1 christos { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
3051 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3052 1.1 christos { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
3053 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3054 1.1 christos
3055 1.1 christos { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
3056 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3057 1.1 christos { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
3058 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3059 1.1 christos { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
3060 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3061 1.1 christos { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
3062 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3063 1.1 christos { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
3064 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3065 1.1 christos
3066 1.1 christos { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
3067 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3068 1.1 christos
3069 1.1 christos { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
3070 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3071 1.1 christos { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
3072 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3073 1.1 christos { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
3074 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3075 1.1 christos
3076 1.1 christos { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
3077 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3078 1.1 christos { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
3079 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3080 1.1 christos { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
3081 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3082 1.1 christos { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
3083 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3084 1.1 christos { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
3085 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3086 1.1 christos { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
3087 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3088 1.1 christos { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
3089 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3090 1.1 christos { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
3091 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3092 1.1 christos { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
3093 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3094 1.1 christos
3095 1.1 christos { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
3096 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3097 1.1 christos { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
3098 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3099 1.1 christos { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
3100 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3101 1.1 christos { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
3102 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3103 1.1 christos { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
3104 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3105 1.1 christos
3106 1.1 christos /* Arithmetic macros. */
3107 1.1 christos
3108 1.1 christos { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
3109 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3110 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3111 1.1 christos /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3112 1.1 christos { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
3113 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3114 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3115 1.1 christos /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3116 1.1 christos
3117 1.1 christos { "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
3118 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3119 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3120 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3121 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3122 1.1 christos { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
3123 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3124 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3125 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3126 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3127 1.1 christos { "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
3128 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3129 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3130 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3131 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3132 1.1 christos { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
3133 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3134 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3135 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3136 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3137 1.1 christos { "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
3138 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3139 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3140 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3141 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3142 1.1 christos { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
3143 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3144 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3145 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3146 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3147 1.1 christos { "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
3148 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3149 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3150 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3151 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3152 1.1 christos { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
3153 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3154 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3155 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3156 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3157 1.1 christos
3158 1.1 christos { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
3159 1.1 christos { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3160 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3161 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3162 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3163 1.1 christos { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
3164 1.1 christos { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3165 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3166 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3167 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3168 1.1 christos { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
3169 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3170 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3171 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3172 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3173 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3174 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3175 1.1 christos { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3176 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3177 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3178 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3179 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3180 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3181 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3182 1.1 christos { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3183 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3184 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3185 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3186 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3187 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3188 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3189 1.1 christos };
3190 1.1 christos
3191 1.1 christos static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
3192 1.1 christos = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
3193 1.1 christos
3194 1.1 christos /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
3195 1.1 christos match. */
3196 1.1 christos
3197 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_macro *
3198 1.1 christos find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
3199 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
3200 1.1 christos int *pntok)
3201 1.1 christos
3202 1.1 christos {
3203 1.1 christos const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
3204 1.1 christos int ntok = *pntok;
3205 1.1 christos
3206 1.1 christos do
3207 1.1 christos {
3208 1.1 christos const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
3209 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
3210 1.1 christos
3211 1.1 christos while (*arg)
3212 1.1 christos {
3213 1.1 christos switch (*arg)
3214 1.1 christos {
3215 1.1 christos case MACRO_EOA:
3216 1.1 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
3217 1.1 christos return macro;
3218 1.1 christos else
3219 1.1 christos tokidx = 0;
3220 1.1 christos break;
3221 1.1 christos
3222 1.1 christos /* Index register. */
3223 1.1 christos case MACRO_IR:
3224 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3225 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3226 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3227 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3228 1.1 christos break;
3229 1.1 christos
3230 1.1 christos /* Parenthesized index register. */
3231 1.1 christos case MACRO_PIR:
3232 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
3233 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3234 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3235 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3236 1.1 christos break;
3237 1.1 christos
3238 1.1 christos /* Optional parenthesized index register. */
3239 1.1 christos case MACRO_OPIR:
3240 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
3241 1.1 christos && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3242 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3243 1.1 christos break;
3244 1.1 christos
3245 1.1 christos /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
3246 1.1 christos case MACRO_CPIR:
3247 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
3248 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3249 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3250 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3251 1.1 christos break;
3252 1.1 christos
3253 1.1 christos /* Floating point register. */
3254 1.1 christos case MACRO_FPR:
3255 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3256 1.1 christos || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3257 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3258 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3259 1.1 christos break;
3260 1.1 christos
3261 1.1 christos /* Normal expression. */
3262 1.1 christos case MACRO_EXP:
3263 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
3264 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3265 1.1 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
3266 1.1 christos {
3267 1.1 christos case O_illegal:
3268 1.1 christos case O_absent:
3269 1.1 christos case O_register:
3270 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
3271 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
3272 1.1 christos case O_literal:
3273 1.1 christos case O_lituse_base:
3274 1.1 christos case O_lituse_bytoff:
3275 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsr:
3276 1.1 christos case O_gpdisp:
3277 1.1 christos case O_gprelhigh:
3278 1.1 christos case O_gprellow:
3279 1.1 christos case O_gprel:
3280 1.1 christos case O_samegp:
3281 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3282 1.1 christos
3283 1.1 christos default:
3284 1.1 christos break;
3285 1.1 christos }
3286 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3287 1.1 christos break;
3288 1.1 christos
3289 1.1 christos match_failed:
3290 1.1 christos while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
3291 1.1 christos ++arg;
3292 1.1 christos tokidx = 0;
3293 1.1 christos break;
3294 1.1 christos }
3295 1.1 christos ++arg;
3296 1.1 christos }
3297 1.1 christos }
3298 1.1 christos while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
3299 1.1 christos && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
3300 1.1 christos
3301 1.1 christos return NULL;
3302 1.1 christos }
3303 1.1 christos
3304 1.1 christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
3305 1.1 christos opcode all the way through emission. */
3306 1.1 christos
3307 1.1 christos static void
3308 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
3309 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
3310 1.1 christos int ntok,
3311 1.1 christos int local_macros_on)
3312 1.1 christos {
3313 1.1 christos int found_something = 0;
3314 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
3315 1.1 christos const struct alpha_macro *macro;
3316 1.1 christos int cpumatch = 1;
3317 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3318 1.1 christos
3319 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
3320 1.1 christos /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
3321 1.1 christos if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
3322 1.1 christos {
3323 1.1 christos reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
3324 1.1 christos ntok--;
3325 1.1 christos }
3326 1.1 christos else
3327 1.1 christos #endif
3328 1.1 christos if (local_macros_on)
3329 1.1 christos {
3330 1.1 christos macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
3331 1.1 christos hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
3332 1.1 christos if (macro)
3333 1.1 christos {
3334 1.1 christos found_something = 1;
3335 1.1 christos macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
3336 1.1 christos if (macro)
3337 1.1 christos {
3338 1.1 christos (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
3339 1.1 christos return;
3340 1.1 christos }
3341 1.1 christos }
3342 1.1 christos }
3343 1.1 christos
3344 1.1 christos /* Search opcodes. */
3345 1.1 christos opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
3346 1.1 christos if (opcode)
3347 1.1 christos {
3348 1.1 christos found_something = 1;
3349 1.1 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
3350 1.1 christos if (opcode)
3351 1.1 christos {
3352 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
3353 1.1 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
3354 1.1 christos
3355 1.1 christos /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
3356 1.1 christos if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3357 1.1 christos insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
3358 1.1 christos
3359 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
3360 1.1 christos return;
3361 1.1 christos }
3362 1.1 christos }
3363 1.1 christos
3364 1.1 christos if (found_something)
3365 1.1 christos {
3366 1.1 christos if (cpumatch)
3367 1.1 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
3368 1.1 christos else
3369 1.1 christos as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
3370 1.1 christos alpha_target_name);
3371 1.1 christos }
3372 1.6 christos else
3373 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
3374 1.1 christos }
3375 1.1 christos
3376 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3378 1.1 christos
3379 1.1 christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
3380 1.1 christos Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
3381 1.1 christos
3382 1.1 christos Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
3383 1.1 christos
3384 1.1 christos static symbolS *
3385 1.1 christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
3386 1.1 christos {
3387 1.3 christos symbolS *basesym;
3388 1.1 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
3389 1.1 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
3390 1.1 christos char *p;
3391 1.1 christos segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
3392 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
3393 1.1 christos symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
3394 1.1 christos expressionS e;
3395 1.1 christos
3396 1.1 christos basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
3397 1.1 christos
3398 1.1 christos /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
3399 1.1 christos size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
3400 1.1 christos /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
3401 1.1 christos
3402 1.1 christos if (seginfo->frchainP)
3403 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
3404 1.1 christos fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
3405 1.1 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next)
3406 1.1 christos {
3407 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
3408 1.1 christos && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
3409 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
3410 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
3411 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
3412 1.1 christos return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
3413 1.1 christos }
3414 1.1 christos
3415 1.1 christos /* Not found, add a new entry. */
3416 1.1 christos subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
3417 1.1 christos linksym = symbol_new
3418 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3419 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
3420 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
3421 1.1 christos
3422 1.1 christos /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
3423 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
3424 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
3425 1.1 christos e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
3426 1.1 christos e.X_add_number = 0;
3427 1.1 christos expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
3428 1.1 christos
3429 1.1 christos /* Create a fixup for the entry. */
3430 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new
3431 1.1 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
3432 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
3433 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
3434 1.1 christos
3435 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
3436 1.1 christos
3437 1.1 christos /* Return the symbol. */
3438 1.1 christos return expsym;
3439 1.1 christos }
3440 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
3441 1.1 christos
3442 1.1 christos /* Assembler directives. */
3444 1.1 christos
3445 1.1 christos /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3446 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3447 1.1 christos
3448 1.1 christos static void
3449 1.1 christos s_alpha_text (int i)
3450 1.1 christos {
3451 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3452 1.1 christos obj_elf_text (i);
3453 1.1 christos #else
3454 1.1 christos s_text (i);
3455 1.1 christos #endif
3456 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3457 1.1 christos {
3458 1.1 christos symbolS * symbolP;
3459 1.1 christos
3460 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
3461 1.1 christos if (symbolP == NULL)
3462 1.1 christos {
3463 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
3464 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
3465 1.1 christos symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
3466 1.1 christos }
3467 1.1 christos }
3468 1.1 christos #endif
3469 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3470 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3471 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3472 1.1 christos }
3473 1.1 christos
3474 1.1 christos /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3475 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3476 1.1 christos
3477 1.1 christos static void
3478 1.1 christos s_alpha_data (int i)
3479 1.1 christos {
3480 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3481 1.1 christos obj_elf_data (i);
3482 1.1 christos #else
3483 1.1 christos s_data (i);
3484 1.1 christos #endif
3485 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3486 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3487 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3488 1.1 christos }
3489 1.1 christos
3490 1.1 christos #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
3491 1.1 christos
3492 1.1 christos /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
3493 1.1 christos
3494 1.1 christos static void
3495 1.1 christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3496 1.1 christos {
3497 1.1 christos char *name;
3498 1.3 christos char c;
3499 1.1 christos char *p;
3500 1.1 christos offsetT size;
3501 1.1 christos symbolS *symbolP;
3502 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3503 1.1 christos offsetT temp;
3504 1.3 christos int log_align = 0;
3505 1.1 christos #endif
3506 1.1 christos
3507 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
3508 1.1 christos
3509 1.1 christos /* Just after name is now '\0'. */
3510 1.1 christos p = input_line_pointer;
3511 1.1 christos *p = c;
3512 1.1 christos
3513 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3514 1.1 christos
3515 1.1 christos /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
3516 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3517 1.1 christos {
3518 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3519 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3520 1.1 christos }
3521 1.1 christos if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
3522 1.1 christos {
3523 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
3524 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3525 1.1 christos return;
3526 1.1 christos }
3527 1.1 christos
3528 1.1 christos *p = 0;
3529 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3530 1.1 christos *p = c;
3531 1.1 christos
3532 1.1 christos if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
3533 1.1 christos {
3534 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
3535 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3536 1.1 christos return;
3537 1.1 christos }
3538 1.1 christos
3539 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3540 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
3541 1.1 christos temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
3542 1.1 christos else
3543 1.1 christos {
3544 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3545 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3546 1.1 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
3547 1.1 christos }
3548 1.1 christos
3549 1.1 christos /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
3550 1.1 christos while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
3551 1.1 christos ++log_align;
3552 1.1 christos
3553 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3554 1.5 christos {
3555 1.1 christos /* Extended form of the directive
3556 1.1 christos
3557 1.1 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
3558 1.1 christos
3559 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
3560 1.1 christos The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
3561 1.1 christos
3562 1.1 christos segT sec;
3563 1.1 christos const char *sec_name;
3564 1.1 christos symbolS *sec_symbol;
3565 1.1 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3566 1.1 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3567 1.1 christos int cur_size;
3568 1.1 christos
3569 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3570 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3571 1.1 christos sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
3572 1.1 christos sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
3573 1.1 christos sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
3574 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
3575 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3576 1.1 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
3577 1.1 christos EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
3578 1.1 christos record_alignment (sec, log_align);
3579 1.1 christos
3580 1.1 christos /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
3581 1.1 christos cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
3582 1.1 christos if ((int) size > cur_size)
3583 1.1 christos {
3584 1.1 christos char *pfrag
3585 1.1 christos = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
3586 1.1 christos (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
3587 1.1 christos *pfrag = 0;
3588 1.1 christos seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
3589 1.1 christos }
3590 1.1 christos
3591 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
3592 1.1 christos
3593 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3594 1.1 christos }
3595 1.1 christos else
3596 1.1 christos {
3597 1.1 christos /* Regular form of the directive
3598 1.1 christos
3599 1.1 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment
3600 1.1 christos
3601 1.1 christos where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
3602 1.1 christos These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
3603 1.1 christos
3604 1.1 christos char *pfrag;
3605 1.1 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3606 1.1 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3607 1.1 christos
3608 1.1 christos subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
3609 1.1 christos frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
3610 1.1 christos record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
3611 1.1 christos
3612 1.1 christos symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
3613 1.3 christos pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
3614 1.1 christos size, NULL);
3615 1.1 christos *pfrag = 0;
3616 1.1 christos
3617 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
3618 1.1 christos
3619 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3620 1.1 christos }
3621 1.1 christos #endif
3622 1.1 christos
3623 1.1 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
3624 1.1 christos {
3625 1.1 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
3626 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
3627 1.1 christos S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
3628 1.1 christos (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
3629 1.3 christos (long) size);
3630 1.1 christos }
3631 1.1 christos else
3632 1.1 christos {
3633 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3634 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
3635 1.1 christos #endif
3636 1.1 christos S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
3637 1.1 christos }
3638 1.1 christos
3639 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3640 1.1 christos know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
3641 1.1 christos #endif
3642 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3643 1.1 christos }
3644 1.1 christos
3645 1.1 christos #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
3646 1.1 christos
3647 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3648 1.1 christos
3649 1.1 christos /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3650 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3651 1.1 christos
3652 1.1 christos static void
3653 1.1 christos s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3654 1.1 christos {
3655 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
3656 1.1 christos subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
3657 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3658 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3659 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3660 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3661 1.1 christos }
3662 1.1 christos
3663 1.1 christos #endif
3664 1.1 christos
3665 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3666 1.1 christos
3667 1.1 christos /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3668 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3669 1.1 christos
3670 1.1 christos static void
3671 1.1 christos s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3672 1.1 christos {
3673 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
3674 1.1 christos subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
3675 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3676 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3677 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3678 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3679 1.1 christos }
3680 1.1 christos #endif
3681 1.1 christos
3682 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3683 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data
3684 1.1 christos {
3685 1.1 christos symbolS *func_sym;
3686 1.1 christos symbolS *func_end_sym;
3687 1.1 christos symbolS *prologue_sym;
3688 1.1 christos unsigned int mask;
3689 1.1 christos unsigned int fmask;
3690 1.1 christos int fp_regno;
3691 1.1 christos int ra_regno;
3692 1.1 christos offsetT frame_size;
3693 1.1 christos offsetT mask_offset;
3694 1.3 christos offsetT fmask_offset;
3695 1.3 christos
3696 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
3697 1.1 christos };
3698 1.1 christos
3699 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
3700 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
3701 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
3702 1.1 christos
3703 1.1 christos extern int all_cfi_sections;
3704 1.1 christos
3705 1.1 christos /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3706 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3707 1.1 christos
3708 1.1 christos static void
3709 1.1 christos s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3710 1.1 christos {
3711 1.1 christos obj_elf_section (ignore);
3712 1.1 christos
3713 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3714 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3715 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3716 1.1 christos }
3717 1.3 christos
3718 1.3 christos static void
3719 1.3 christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3720 1.3 christos {
3721 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3722 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_ent (0);
3723 1.1 christos else
3724 1.1 christos {
3725 1.3 christos char *name, name_end;
3726 1.1 christos
3727 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3728 1.1 christos /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default. */
3729 1.1 christos all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
3730 1.1 christos
3731 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3732 1.1 christos {
3733 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
3734 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3735 1.1 christos }
3736 1.1 christos else
3737 1.5 christos {
3738 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3739 1.1 christos
3740 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
3741 1.1 christos as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
3742 1.1 christos
3743 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3744 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
3745 1.1 christos
3746 1.1 christos cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
3747 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
3748 1.1 christos
3749 1.1 christos /* Provide sensible defaults. */
3750 1.3 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
3751 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
3752 1.1 christos
3753 1.1 christos *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
3754 1.1 christos plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
3755 1.1 christos
3756 1.1 christos /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
3757 1.1 christos what it really means, but ignore it. */
3758 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3759 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3760 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3761 1.1 christos {
3762 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3763 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3764 1.1 christos }
3765 1.1 christos if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
3766 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
3767 1.1 christos }
3768 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3769 1.1 christos }
3770 1.1 christos }
3771 1.3 christos
3772 1.3 christos static void
3773 1.1 christos s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3774 1.1 christos {
3775 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3776 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_end (0);
3777 1.1 christos else
3778 1.1 christos {
3779 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
3780 1.1 christos
3781 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3782 1.1 christos
3783 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3784 1.1 christos {
3785 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
3786 1.1 christos }
3787 1.1 christos else
3788 1.1 christos {
3789 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3790 1.1 christos
3791 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find (name);
3792 1.5 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3793 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
3794 1.1 christos else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
3795 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
3796 1.1 christos
3797 1.1 christos /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
3798 1.1 christos if (sym && cur_frame_data)
3799 1.1 christos {
3800 1.1 christos OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
3801 1.1 christos expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
3802 1.1 christos
3803 1.1 christos obj->size = exp;
3804 1.3 christos exp->X_op = O_subtract;
3805 1.1 christos exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3806 1.3 christos exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
3807 1.1 christos exp->X_add_number = 0;
3808 1.1 christos
3809 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
3810 1.1 christos }
3811 1.1 christos
3812 1.1 christos cur_frame_data = NULL;
3813 1.1 christos }
3814 1.1 christos
3815 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3816 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3817 1.1 christos }
3818 1.1 christos }
3819 1.1 christos
3820 1.1 christos static void
3821 1.1 christos s_alpha_mask (int fp)
3822 1.1 christos {
3823 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3824 1.1 christos {
3825 1.1 christos if (fp)
3826 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
3827 1.1 christos else
3828 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_mask (0);
3829 1.1 christos }
3830 1.1 christos else
3831 1.1 christos {
3832 1.1 christos long val;
3833 1.1 christos offsetT offset;
3834 1.1 christos
3835 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3836 1.1 christos {
3837 1.1 christos if (fp)
3838 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
3839 1.1 christos else
3840 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
3841 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3842 1.1 christos return;
3843 1.1 christos }
3844 1.1 christos
3845 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3846 1.1 christos {
3847 1.1 christos if (fp)
3848 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
3849 1.1 christos else
3850 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
3851 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
3852 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3853 1.1 christos return;
3854 1.1 christos }
3855 1.1 christos
3856 1.1 christos offset = get_absolute_expression ();
3857 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3858 1.1 christos
3859 1.1 christos if (fp)
3860 1.1 christos {
3861 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
3862 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
3863 1.1 christos }
3864 1.1 christos else
3865 1.1 christos {
3866 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->mask = val;
3867 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
3868 1.1 christos }
3869 1.1 christos }
3870 1.1 christos }
3871 1.1 christos
3872 1.1 christos static void
3873 1.1 christos s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3874 1.1 christos {
3875 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3876 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_frame (0);
3877 1.1 christos else
3878 1.1 christos {
3879 1.1 christos long val;
3880 1.1 christos
3881 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3882 1.1 christos {
3883 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
3884 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3885 1.1 christos return;
3886 1.1 christos }
3887 1.1 christos
3888 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
3889 1.1 christos
3890 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3891 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
3892 1.1 christos || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3893 1.1 christos {
3894 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
3895 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
3896 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3897 1.1 christos return;
3898 1.1 christos }
3899 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
3900 1.1 christos
3901 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
3902 1.1 christos
3903 1.1 christos /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
3904 1.1 christos this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
3905 1.1 christos to put this value, so ignore it. */
3906 1.1 christos s_ignore (42);
3907 1.1 christos }
3908 1.1 christos }
3909 1.1 christos
3910 1.1 christos static void
3911 1.1 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3912 1.1 christos {
3913 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3914 1.1 christos int arg;
3915 1.1 christos
3916 1.1 christos arg = get_absolute_expression ();
3917 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3918 1.1 christos alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
3919 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3920 1.1 christos
3921 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3922 1.1 christos sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
3923 1.1 christos else
3924 1.1 christos sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
3925 1.1 christos
3926 1.1 christos if (sym == NULL)
3927 1.1 christos {
3928 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
3929 1.1 christos return;
3930 1.1 christos }
3931 1.1 christos
3932 1.1 christos switch (arg)
3933 1.1 christos {
3934 1.1 christos case 0: /* No PV required. */
3935 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
3936 1.1 christos | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3937 1.1 christos break;
3938 1.1 christos case 1: /* Std GP load. */
3939 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
3940 1.1 christos | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3941 1.1 christos break;
3942 1.1 christos case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
3943 1.1 christos break;
3944 1.1 christos
3945 1.1 christos default:
3946 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
3947 1.1 christos break;
3948 1.1 christos }
3949 1.1 christos
3950 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
3951 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3952 1.1 christos }
3953 1.1 christos
3954 1.1 christos static char *first_file_directive;
3955 1.1 christos
3956 1.1 christos static void
3957 1.1 christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3958 1.1 christos {
3959 1.1 christos /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
3960 1.5 christos minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
3961 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
3962 1.1 christos {
3963 1.1 christos char *start = input_line_pointer;
3964 1.1 christos size_t len;
3965 1.1 christos
3966 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3967 1.1 christos
3968 1.1 christos len = input_line_pointer - start;
3969 1.1 christos first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
3970 1.1 christos
3971 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = start;
3972 1.1 christos }
3973 1.1 christos
3974 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3975 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_file (0);
3976 1.1 christos else
3977 1.1 christos dwarf2_directive_file (0);
3978 1.1 christos }
3979 1.1 christos
3980 1.1 christos static void
3981 1.1 christos s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3982 1.1 christos {
3983 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3984 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_loc (0);
3985 1.1 christos else
3986 1.1 christos dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
3987 1.1 christos }
3988 1.1 christos
3989 1.1 christos static void
3990 1.1 christos s_alpha_stab (int n)
3991 1.1 christos {
3992 1.1 christos /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
3993 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
3994 1.1 christos {
3995 1.1 christos segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
3996 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
3997 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
3998 1.1 christos
3999 1.1 christos ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
4000 1.1 christos
4001 1.1 christos if (first_file_directive)
4002 1.1 christos {
4003 1.1 christos char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
4004 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
4005 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_file (0);
4006 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
4007 1.1 christos free (first_file_directive);
4008 1.1 christos }
4009 1.1 christos
4010 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
4011 1.1 christos }
4012 1.1 christos s_stab (n);
4013 1.1 christos }
4014 1.1 christos
4015 1.1 christos static void
4016 1.1 christos s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
4017 1.1 christos {
4018 1.1 christos static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
4019 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_begin,
4020 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_bend,
4021 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_def,
4022 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_dim,
4023 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_endef,
4024 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_scl,
4025 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_tag,
4026 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_val,
4027 1.1 christos };
4028 1.1 christos
4029 1.1 christos gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
4030 1.1 christos
4031 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
4032 1.1 christos (*fns[which]) (0);
4033 1.1 christos else
4034 1.1 christos {
4035 1.1 christos as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
4036 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4037 1.1 christos }
4038 1.1 christos }
4039 1.1 christos
4040 1.1 christos /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
4041 1.1 christos unless the compiler has done it for us. */
4042 1.1 christos
4043 1.1 christos void
4044 1.1 christos alpha_elf_md_end (void)
4045 1.1 christos {
4046 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
4047 1.1 christos
4048 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
4049 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
4050 1.1 christos
4051 1.1 christos /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
4052 1.1 christos if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
4053 1.1 christos return;
4054 1.1 christos
4055 1.1 christos /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
4056 1.1 christos generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
4057 1.1 christos Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
4058 1.1 christos For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
4059 1.1 christos the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
4060 1.1 christos if (all_fde_data != NULL)
4061 1.1 christos return;
4062 1.1 christos
4063 1.1 christos /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
4064 1.3 christos for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
4065 1.1 christos if (p->prologue_sym)
4066 1.1 christos {
4067 1.1 christos /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
4068 1.1 christos function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
4069 1.1 christos cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
4070 1.1 christos S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
4071 1.1 christos symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
4072 1.1 christos
4073 1.1 christos cfi_set_sections ();
4074 1.1 christos cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
4075 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4076 1.1 christos if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
4077 1.1 christos {
4078 1.1 christos unsigned int mask;
4079 1.1 christos offsetT offset;
4080 1.1 christos
4081 1.1 christos cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
4082 1.1 christos
4083 1.1 christos if (p->fp_regno != 30)
4084 1.1 christos if (p->frame_size != 0)
4085 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
4086 1.1 christos else
4087 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
4088 1.1 christos else if (p->frame_size != 0)
4089 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
4090 1.1 christos
4091 1.1 christos mask = p->mask;
4092 1.1 christos offset = p->mask_offset;
4093 1.1 christos
4094 1.1 christos /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
4095 1.1 christos if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
4096 1.1 christos {
4097 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
4098 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4099 1.1 christos mask &= ~(1 << 26);
4100 1.1 christos }
4101 1.1 christos while (mask)
4102 1.1 christos {
4103 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
4104 1.1 christos i = mask & -mask;
4105 1.1 christos mask ^= i;
4106 1.1 christos i = ffs (i) - 1;
4107 1.1 christos
4108 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
4109 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4110 1.1 christos }
4111 1.1 christos
4112 1.1 christos mask = p->fmask;
4113 1.1 christos offset = p->fmask_offset;
4114 1.1 christos while (mask)
4115 1.1 christos {
4116 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
4117 1.1 christos i = mask & -mask;
4118 1.1 christos mask ^= i;
4119 1.1 christos i = ffs (i) - 1;
4120 1.1 christos
4121 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
4122 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4123 1.1 christos }
4124 1.1 christos }
4125 1.1 christos
4126 1.1 christos cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
4127 1.1 christos }
4128 1.1 christos }
4129 1.3 christos
4130 1.1 christos static void
4131 1.1 christos s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4132 1.1 christos {
4133 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
4134 1.3 christos char *which, which_end;
4135 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
4136 1.1 christos int other;
4137 1.1 christos
4138 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4139 1.1 christos
4140 1.3 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4141 1.3 christos {
4142 1.3 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
4143 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4144 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4145 1.1 christos return;
4146 1.1 christos }
4147 1.1 christos
4148 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4149 1.1 christos name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4150 1.1 christos if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
4151 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
4152 1.3 christos
4153 1.3 christos if (name_end != ',')
4154 1.1 christos {
4155 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
4156 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4157 1.1 christos return;
4158 1.1 christos }
4159 1.1 christos
4160 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4161 1.1 christos
4162 1.1 christos which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
4163 1.1 christos
4164 1.1 christos if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
4165 1.3 christos other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
4166 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
4167 1.1 christos other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
4168 1.1 christos else
4169 1.1 christos {
4170 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
4171 1.1 christos other = 0;
4172 1.1 christos }
4173 1.1 christos
4174 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
4175 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4176 1.1 christos
4177 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
4178 1.1 christos }
4179 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
4180 1.1 christos
4181 1.1 christos /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
4182 1.1 christos
4183 1.5 christos void
4184 1.1 christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4185 1.1 christos {
4186 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4187 1.1 christos }
4188 1.1 christos
4189 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
4190 1.1 christos
4191 1.1 christos /* Get name of section. */
4192 1.1 christos static const char *
4193 1.1 christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
4194 1.1 christos {
4195 1.1 christos char *name;
4196 1.1 christos
4197 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4198 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
4199 1.1 christos {
4200 1.1 christos int dummy;
4201 1.1 christos
4202 1.1 christos name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
4203 1.1 christos if (name == NULL)
4204 1.1 christos {
4205 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4206 1.1 christos return NULL;
4207 1.1 christos }
4208 1.1 christos }
4209 1.1 christos else
4210 1.1 christos {
4211 1.1 christos char *end = input_line_pointer;
4212 1.1 christos
4213 1.5 christos while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
4214 1.1 christos end++;
4215 1.1 christos if (end == input_line_pointer)
4216 1.1 christos {
4217 1.1 christos as_warn (_("missing name"));
4218 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4219 1.1 christos return NULL;
4220 1.1 christos }
4221 1.1 christos
4222 1.1 christos name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
4223 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = end;
4224 1.1 christos }
4225 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4226 1.1 christos return name;
4227 1.1 christos }
4228 1.1 christos
4229 1.1 christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
4230 1.1 christos the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
4231 1.1 christos
4232 1.1 christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
4233 1.1 christos #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
4234 1.1 christos
4235 1.1 christos /* Parse one VMS section flag. */
4236 1.1 christos
4237 1.1 christos static flagword
4238 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
4239 1.1 christos {
4240 1.1 christos int no = 0;
4241 1.1 christos flagword flag = 0;
4242 1.1 christos
4243 1.1 christos if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
4244 1.1 christos {
4245 1.1 christos no = 1;
4246 1.1 christos str += 2;
4247 1.1 christos len -= 2;
4248 1.1 christos }
4249 1.1 christos
4250 1.1 christos if (len == 3)
4251 1.1 christos {
4252 1.1 christos if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
4253 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
4254 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
4255 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
4256 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
4257 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
4258 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
4259 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_REL;
4260 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
4261 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
4262 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
4263 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
4264 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
4265 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
4266 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
4267 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
4268 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
4269 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
4270 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
4271 1.1 christos {
4272 1.1 christos flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4273 1.1 christos no = 0;
4274 1.1 christos }
4275 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
4276 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_COM;
4277 1.1 christos }
4278 1.1 christos
4279 1.1 christos if (flag == 0)
4280 1.1 christos {
4281 1.1 christos char c = str[len];
4282 1.1 christos str[len] = 0;
4283 1.1 christos as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
4284 1.1 christos str[len] = c;
4285 1.1 christos return 0;
4286 1.1 christos }
4287 1.1 christos
4288 1.1 christos if (no)
4289 1.5 christos return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4290 1.1 christos else
4291 1.1 christos return flag;
4292 1.1 christos }
4293 1.1 christos
4294 1.1 christos /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
4295 1.5 christos
4296 1.5 christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
4297 1.1 christos
4298 1.1 christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
4299 1.1 christos { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
4300 1.1 christos
4301 1.1 christos static void
4302 1.1 christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
4303 1.1 christos {
4304 1.1 christos const char *name;
4305 1.1 christos char *beg;
4306 1.1 christos segT sec;
4307 1.1 christos flagword vms_flags = 0;
4308 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol;
4309 1.1 christos
4310 1.1 christos if (secid == 0)
4311 1.1 christos {
4312 1.1 christos name = s_alpha_section_name ();
4313 1.1 christos if (name == NULL)
4314 1.1 christos return;
4315 1.1 christos sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
4316 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
4317 1.1 christos {
4318 1.3 christos /* Skip the comma. */
4319 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
4320 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4321 1.1 christos
4322 1.1 christos do
4323 1.3 christos {
4324 1.1 christos char c;
4325 1.1 christos
4326 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4327 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
4328 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
4329 1.1 christos
4330 1.1 christos vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
4331 1.1 christos
4332 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4333 1.1 christos }
4334 1.1 christos while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
4335 1.1 christos
4336 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4337 1.1 christos }
4338 1.1 christos
4339 1.1 christos symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4340 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
4341 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4342 1.1 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags
4343 1.1 christos (stdoutput, sec,
4344 1.1 christos (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
4345 1.1 christos vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
4346 1.1 christos }
4347 1.1 christos else
4348 1.1 christos {
4349 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4350 1.1 christos subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
4351 1.1 christos }
4352 1.1 christos
4353 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4354 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4355 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4356 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
4357 1.1 christos }
4358 1.1 christos
4359 1.1 christos static void
4360 1.1 christos s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4361 1.1 christos {
4362 1.1 christos subseg_new (".literals", 0);
4363 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4364 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4365 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4366 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
4367 1.1 christos }
4368 1.1 christos
4369 1.1 christos /* Parse .ent directives. */
4370 1.1 christos
4371 1.1 christos static void
4372 1.1 christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4373 1.1 christos {
4374 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol;
4375 1.1 christos expressionS symexpr;
4376 1.1 christos
4377 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
4378 1.1 christos as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
4379 1.1 christos
4380 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
4381 1.1 christos
4382 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
4383 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
4384 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
4385 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
4386 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
4387 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
4388 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
4389 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
4390 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
4391 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
4392 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
4393 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
4394 1.1 christos
4395 1.1 christos expression (&symexpr);
4396 1.1 christos
4397 1.1 christos if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
4398 1.1 christos {
4399 1.1 christos as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
4400 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4401 1.1 christos return;
4402 1.1 christos }
4403 1.1 christos
4404 1.1 christos symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
4405 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4406 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
4407 1.1 christos
4408 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4409 1.1 christos }
4410 1.3 christos
4411 1.3 christos static void
4412 1.1 christos s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
4413 1.1 christos {
4414 1.1 christos if (is_data)
4415 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
4416 1.1 christos else
4417 1.1 christos {
4418 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
4419 1.1 christos
4420 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4421 1.1 christos
4422 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4423 1.1 christos {
4424 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
4425 1.3 christos }
4426 1.3 christos else
4427 1.3 christos {
4428 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
4429 1.1 christos
4430 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4431 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4432 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
4433 1.1 christos }
4434 1.1 christos
4435 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4436 1.1 christos }
4437 1.1 christos
4438 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4439 1.1 christos }
4440 1.1 christos
4441 1.1 christos /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
4442 1.1 christos
4443 1.1 christos static void
4444 1.1 christos s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4445 1.1 christos {
4446 1.1 christos long val;
4447 1.1 christos int ra;
4448 1.1 christos
4449 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
4450 1.1 christos
4451 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4452 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
4453 1.1 christos || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4454 1.1 christos {
4455 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
4456 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4457 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4458 1.1 christos return;
4459 1.1 christos }
4460 1.1 christos
4461 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
4462 1.1 christos
4463 1.1 christos ra = tc_get_register (1);
4464 1.1 christos if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
4465 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
4466 1.1 christos
4467 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4468 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4469 1.1 christos {
4470 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
4471 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4472 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4473 1.1 christos return;
4474 1.1 christos }
4475 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
4476 1.1 christos }
4477 1.1 christos
4478 1.1 christos /* Parse .prologue. */
4479 1.1 christos
4480 1.1 christos static void
4481 1.1 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4482 1.1 christos {
4483 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4484 1.1 christos alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
4485 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4486 1.1 christos }
4487 1.3 christos
4488 1.1 christos /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
4489 1.1 christos Insert a procedure descriptor. */
4490 1.1 christos
4491 1.1 christos static void
4492 1.1 christos s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4493 1.1 christos {
4494 1.1 christos char *name;
4495 1.1 christos char name_end;
4496 1.1 christos char *p;
4497 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4498 1.1 christos symbolS *entry_sym;
4499 1.1 christos const char *entry_sym_name;
4500 1.1 christos const char *pdesc_sym_name;
4501 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
4502 1.1 christos size_t len;
4503 1.1 christos
4504 1.1 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4505 1.1 christos {
4506 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
4507 1.3 christos return;
4508 1.1 christos }
4509 1.1 christos
4510 1.3 christos expression (&exp);
4511 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4512 1.1 christos {
4513 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
4514 1.1 christos return;
4515 1.1 christos }
4516 1.1 christos
4517 1.1 christos entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
4518 1.1 christos entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
4519 1.1 christos
4520 1.1 christos /* Strip "..en". */
4521 1.1 christos len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
4522 1.1 christos if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
4523 1.1 christos {
4524 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
4525 1.1 christos return;
4526 1.1 christos }
4527 1.1 christos len -= 4;
4528 1.1 christos pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4529 1.1 christos
4530 1.1 christos if (!alpha_evax_proc
4531 1.1 christos || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
4532 1.3 christos || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
4533 1.1 christos || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
4534 1.1 christos {
4535 1.1 christos as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
4536 1.1 christos return;
4537 1.3 christos }
4538 1.1 christos
4539 1.1 christos /* Define pdesc symbol. */
4540 1.1 christos symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4541 1.1 christos
4542 1.1 christos /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
4543 1.1 christos ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
4544 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
4545 1.1 christos = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
4546 1.1 christos
4547 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4548 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4549 1.1 christos {
4550 1.1 christos as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
4551 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4552 1.1 christos return;
4553 1.1 christos }
4554 1.1 christos
4555 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4556 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4557 1.1 christos
4558 1.1 christos if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
4559 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
4560 1.3 christos
4561 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
4562 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
4563 1.1 christos
4564 1.1 christos else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
4565 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
4566 1.3 christos
4567 1.1 christos else
4568 1.1 christos {
4569 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4570 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
4571 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4572 1.1 christos return;
4573 1.1 christos }
4574 1.1 christos
4575 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4576 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4577 1.1 christos
4578 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4579 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4580 1.1 christos #endif
4581 1.1 christos
4582 1.1 christos frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4583 1.1 christos p = frag_more (16);
4584 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4585 1.1 christos fixp->fx_done = 1;
4586 1.1 christos
4587 1.1 christos *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
4588 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
4589 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
4590 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
4591 1.1 christos *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
4592 1.1 christos
4593 1.1 christos switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
4594 1.1 christos {
4595 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
4596 1.1 christos *(p + 2) = 0;
4597 1.1 christos *(p + 3) = 0;
4598 1.1 christos break;
4599 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
4600 1.1 christos *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
4601 1.1 christos *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
4602 1.1 christos break;
4603 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
4604 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
4605 1.1 christos break;
4606 1.1 christos default: /* impossible */
4607 1.1 christos break;
4608 1.1 christos }
4609 1.1 christos
4610 1.1 christos *(p + 4) = 0;
4611 1.1 christos *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
4612 1.1 christos
4613 1.1 christos /* Signature offset. */
4614 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
4615 1.1 christos
4616 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
4617 1.1 christos 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4618 1.1 christos
4619 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
4620 1.1 christos return;
4621 1.1 christos
4622 1.1 christos /* pdesc+16: Size. */
4623 1.1 christos p = frag_more (6);
4624 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
4625 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
4626 1.1 christos
4627 1.1 christos /* Entry length. */
4628 1.1 christos exp.X_op = O_subtract;
4629 1.1 christos exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
4630 1.1 christos exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
4631 1.1 christos emit_expr (&exp, 2);
4632 1.1 christos
4633 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
4634 1.1 christos return;
4635 1.1 christos
4636 1.1 christos /* pdesc+24: register masks. */
4637 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4638 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
4639 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
4640 1.1 christos
4641 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
4642 1.1 christos {
4643 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4644 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
4645 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4646 1.1 christos }
4647 1.1 christos
4648 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
4649 1.1 christos {
4650 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4651 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
4652 1.1 christos }
4653 1.1 christos }
4654 1.1 christos
4655 1.1 christos /* Support for crash debug on vms. */
4656 1.1 christos
4657 1.1 christos static void
4658 1.1 christos s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4659 1.1 christos {
4660 1.1 christos char *p;
4661 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4662 1.1 christos
4663 1.1 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4664 1.1 christos {
4665 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
4666 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4667 1.1 christos return;
4668 1.1 christos }
4669 1.1 christos
4670 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4671 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4672 1.1 christos {
4673 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
4674 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4675 1.1 christos return;
4676 1.1 christos }
4677 1.1 christos
4678 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4679 1.1 christos
4680 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4681 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4682 1.1 christos #endif
4683 1.1 christos
4684 1.1 christos frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4685 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4686 1.1 christos
4687 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4688 1.1 christos }
4689 1.1 christos
4690 1.1 christos /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
4691 1.1 christos Create a linkage pair relocation. */
4692 1.1 christos
4693 1.1 christos static void
4694 1.1 christos s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4695 1.1 christos {
4696 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4697 1.1 christos char *p;
4698 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
4699 1.1 christos
4700 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4701 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4702 1.1 christos #endif
4703 1.3 christos
4704 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4705 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4706 1.1 christos {
4707 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
4708 1.1 christos }
4709 1.1 christos else
4710 1.1 christos {
4711 1.1 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
4712 1.1 christos
4713 1.1 christos p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4714 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4715 1.5 christos fixp = fix_new_exp
4716 1.1 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
4717 1.1 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
4718 1.1 christos
4719 1.1 christos if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
4720 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
4721 1.1 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4722 1.1 christos
4723 1.1 christos /* Create a linkage element. */
4724 1.1 christos linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
4725 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
4726 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
4727 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
4728 1.1 christos
4729 1.1 christos /* Append it to the list. */
4730 1.1 christos if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
4731 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
4732 1.1 christos else
4733 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
4734 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
4735 1.1 christos }
4736 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4737 1.1 christos }
4738 1.1 christos
4739 1.1 christos /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
4740 1.1 christos Create a code address relocation. */
4741 1.1 christos
4742 1.1 christos static void
4743 1.1 christos s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4744 1.1 christos {
4745 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4746 1.1 christos char *p;
4747 1.1 christos
4748 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4749 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4750 1.1 christos #endif
4751 1.1 christos
4752 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4753 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4754 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
4755 1.1 christos else
4756 1.1 christos {
4757 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4758 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
4759 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
4760 1.1 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
4761 1.1 christos }
4762 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4763 1.1 christos }
4764 1.1 christos
4765 1.1 christos static void
4766 1.1 christos s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4767 1.1 christos {
4768 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
4769 1.1 christos
4770 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4771 1.1 christos }
4772 1.1 christos
4773 1.1 christos static void
4774 1.1 christos s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4775 1.1 christos {
4776 1.1 christos long val;
4777 1.1 christos
4778 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4779 1.1 christos {
4780 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
4781 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4782 1.1 christos }
4783 1.1 christos else
4784 1.1 christos {
4785 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
4786 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4787 1.1 christos }
4788 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4789 1.1 christos }
4790 1.1 christos
4791 1.1 christos static void
4792 1.1 christos s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4793 1.1 christos {
4794 1.1 christos long val;
4795 1.1 christos
4796 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4797 1.1 christos {
4798 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
4799 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4800 1.1 christos }
4801 1.1 christos else
4802 1.1 christos {
4803 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
4804 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4805 1.1 christos }
4806 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4807 1.3 christos }
4808 1.1 christos
4809 1.1 christos static void
4810 1.1 christos s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4811 1.1 christos {
4812 1.1 christos char *name;
4813 1.1 christos char c;
4814 1.1 christos
4815 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4816 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
4817 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4818 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
4819 1.1 christos }
4820 1.1 christos
4821 1.1 christos static void
4822 1.1 christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4823 1.1 christos {
4824 1.1 christos symbolS *s;
4825 1.1 christos int length;
4826 1.1 christos static char case_hack[32];
4827 1.1 christos
4828 1.1 christos sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
4829 1.1 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
4830 1.1 christos
4831 1.1 christos s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
4832 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4833 1.1 christos
4834 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4835 1.1 christos s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
4836 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4837 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4838 1.1 christos }
4839 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
4840 1.1 christos
4841 1.1 christos /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
4842 1.1 christos
4843 1.1 christos static void
4844 1.1 christos s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4845 1.1 christos {
4846 1.1 christos expressionS e;
4847 1.1 christos char *p;
4848 1.1 christos
4849 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4850 1.1 christos expression (&e);
4851 1.1 christos
4852 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4853 1.1 christos switch (e.X_op)
4854 1.1 christos {
4855 1.1 christos case O_constant:
4856 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4857 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_symbol;
4858 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
4859 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
4860 1.1 christos break;
4861 1.1 christos default:
4862 1.1 christos abort ();
4863 1.1 christos }
4864 1.1 christos #else
4865 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
4866 1.1 christos switch (e.X_op)
4867 1.1 christos {
4868 1.1 christos case O_constant:
4869 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4870 1.1 christos /* fall through */
4871 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
4872 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
4873 1.1 christos e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
4874 1.1 christos break;
4875 1.1 christos default:
4876 1.1 christos abort ();
4877 1.1 christos }
4878 1.1 christos #endif
4879 1.1 christos #endif
4880 1.1 christos
4881 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
4882 1.1 christos alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4883 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > 2)
4884 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 2;
4885 1.6 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4886 1.1 christos
4887 1.1 christos p = frag_more (4);
4888 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 4);
4889 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
4890 1.1 christos &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
4891 1.1 christos }
4892 1.1 christos
4893 1.1 christos /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
4894 1.1 christos generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
4895 1.1 christos correctly aligned. */
4896 1.1 christos
4897 1.1 christos static void
4898 1.1 christos s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
4899 1.1 christos {
4900 1.1 christos int log_size;
4901 1.1 christos
4902 1.1 christos switch (type)
4903 1.1 christos {
4904 1.1 christos default:
4905 1.1 christos case 'f':
4906 1.1 christos case 'F':
4907 1.1 christos log_size = 2;
4908 1.1 christos break;
4909 1.1 christos
4910 1.1 christos case 'd':
4911 1.1 christos case 'D':
4912 1.1 christos case 'G':
4913 1.1 christos log_size = 3;
4914 1.1 christos break;
4915 1.1 christos
4916 1.1 christos case 'x':
4917 1.1 christos case 'X':
4918 1.1 christos case 'p':
4919 1.1 christos case 'P':
4920 1.1 christos log_size = 4;
4921 1.1 christos break;
4922 1.1 christos }
4923 1.1 christos
4924 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
4925 1.1 christos alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4926 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
4927 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = log_size;
4928 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4929 1.1 christos
4930 1.1 christos float_cons (type);
4931 1.1 christos }
4932 1.1 christos
4933 1.1 christos /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
4934 1.1 christos parse it. */
4935 1.1 christos
4936 1.1 christos static void
4937 1.1 christos s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4938 1.3 christos {
4939 1.1 christos char *name;
4940 1.1 christos char c;
4941 1.1 christos char *p;
4942 1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP;
4943 1.1 christos int temp;
4944 1.1 christos
4945 1.1 christos /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
4946 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4947 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4948 1.1 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4949 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4950 1.1 christos *p = c;
4951 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4952 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4953 1.1 christos {
4954 1.1 christos *p = 0;
4955 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
4956 1.1 christos *p = c;
4957 1.1 christos temp = 0;
4958 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4959 1.1 christos }
4960 1.1 christos else
4961 1.1 christos {
4962 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
4963 1.1 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
4964 1.1 christos }
4965 1.1 christos /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
4966 1.1 christos (void) symbolP;
4967 1.1 christos as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
4968 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4969 1.1 christos }
4970 1.1 christos
4971 1.1 christos /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
4972 1.1 christos the assembler features. */
4973 1.3 christos
4974 1.1 christos static void
4975 1.1 christos s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4976 1.1 christos {
4977 1.1 christos char *name, ch, *s;
4978 1.1 christos int yesno = 1;
4979 1.1 christos
4980 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4981 1.1 christos
4982 1.1 christos ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
4983 1.1 christos s = name;
4984 1.1 christos if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
4985 1.1 christos {
4986 1.1 christos yesno = 0;
4987 1.1 christos s += 2;
4988 1.1 christos }
4989 1.1 christos if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
4990 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4991 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
4992 1.1 christos alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
4993 1.3 christos else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
4994 1.1 christos alpha_macros_on = yesno;
4995 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
4996 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4997 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
4998 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4999 1.1 christos else
5000 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
5001 1.1 christos
5002 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5003 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5004 1.1 christos }
5005 1.1 christos
5006 1.1 christos /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
5007 1.1 christos the $gp register. */
5008 1.1 christos
5009 1.1 christos static void
5010 1.1 christos s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5011 1.1 christos {
5012 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5013 1.1 christos
5014 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
5015 1.1 christos {
5016 1.1 christos /* $rNN form. */
5017 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5018 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
5019 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5020 1.1 christos }
5021 1.1 christos
5022 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
5023 1.1 christos if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
5024 1.1 christos {
5025 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
5026 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
5027 1.1 christos }
5028 1.1 christos
5029 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5030 1.1 christos }
5031 1.1 christos
5032 1.1 christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
5033 1.1 christos also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
5034 1.1 christos way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
5035 1.1 christos
5036 1.1 christos static void
5037 1.1 christos s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5038 1.1 christos {
5039 1.1 christos int align;
5040 1.1 christos char fill, *pfill;
5041 1.1 christos long max_alignment = 16;
5042 1.1 christos
5043 1.1 christos align = get_absolute_expression ();
5044 1.1 christos if (align > max_alignment)
5045 1.1 christos {
5046 1.1 christos align = max_alignment;
5047 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
5048 1.1 christos }
5049 1.1 christos else if (align < 0)
5050 1.1 christos {
5051 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
5052 1.1 christos align = 0;
5053 1.1 christos }
5054 1.1 christos
5055 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
5056 1.1 christos {
5057 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5058 1.1 christos fill = get_absolute_expression ();
5059 1.1 christos pfill = &fill;
5060 1.1 christos }
5061 1.1 christos else
5062 1.1 christos pfill = NULL;
5063 1.1 christos
5064 1.1 christos if (align != 0)
5065 1.1 christos {
5066 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
5067 1.1 christos alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
5068 1.1 christos }
5069 1.1 christos else
5070 1.1 christos {
5071 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5072 1.1 christos }
5073 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5074 1.1 christos
5075 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5076 1.1 christos }
5077 1.1 christos
5078 1.1 christos /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
5079 1.1 christos
5080 1.1 christos static void
5081 1.1 christos s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
5082 1.1 christos {
5083 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
5084 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5085 1.1 christos stringer (8 + terminate);
5086 1.1 christos }
5087 1.1 christos
5088 1.1 christos /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
5089 1.1 christos
5090 1.1 christos static void
5091 1.1 christos s_alpha_space (int ignore)
5092 1.1 christos {
5093 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
5094 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5095 1.1 christos s_space (ignore);
5096 1.1 christos }
5097 1.1 christos
5098 1.1 christos /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
5099 1.1 christos
5100 1.1 christos void
5101 1.1 christos alpha_cons_align (int size)
5102 1.1 christos {
5103 1.1 christos int log_size;
5104 1.1 christos
5105 1.1 christos log_size = 0;
5106 1.1 christos while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
5107 1.1 christos ++log_size;
5108 1.1 christos
5109 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
5110 1.1 christos alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
5111 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
5112 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = log_size;
5113 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5114 1.1 christos }
5115 1.1 christos
5116 1.1 christos /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
5117 1.1 christos pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
5118 1.1 christos
5119 1.1 christos static void
5120 1.1 christos s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
5121 1.1 christos {
5122 1.1 christos int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
5123 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5124 1.1 christos cons (bytes);
5125 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
5126 1.1 christos }
5127 1.1 christos
5128 1.3 christos /* Switch the working cpu type. */
5129 1.3 christos
5130 1.1 christos static void
5131 1.1 christos s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5132 1.1 christos {
5133 1.1 christos char *name, ch;
5134 1.1 christos const struct cpu_type *p;
5135 1.1 christos
5136 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5137 1.1 christos
5138 1.1 christos ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
5139 1.1 christos
5140 1.3 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5141 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
5142 1.1 christos {
5143 1.1 christos alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5144 1.1 christos goto found;
5145 1.1 christos }
5146 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
5147 1.1 christos
5148 1.1 christos found:
5149 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5150 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5151 1.1 christos }
5152 1.1 christos
5153 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG1
5155 1.1 christos /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
5156 1.1 christos
5157 1.1 christos static void
5158 1.1 christos alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
5159 1.1 christos {
5160 1.1 christos switch (exp->X_op)
5161 1.1 christos {
5162 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
5163 1.1 christos putc (',', f);
5164 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
5165 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
5166 1.1 christos putc ('(', f);
5167 1.1 christos {
5168 1.1 christos expressionS nexp = *exp;
5169 1.1 christos nexp.X_op = O_register;
5170 1.1 christos print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
5171 1.1 christos }
5172 1.1 christos putc (')', f);
5173 1.1 christos break;
5174 1.1 christos default:
5175 1.1 christos print_expr_1 (f, exp);
5176 1.1 christos break;
5177 1.1 christos }
5178 1.1 christos }
5179 1.1 christos #endif
5180 1.1 christos
5181 1.1 christos /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
5183 1.1 christos
5184 1.1 christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
5185 1.1 christos {
5186 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5187 1.1 christos {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
5188 1.1 christos {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
5189 1.1 christos #endif
5190 1.1 christos {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
5191 1.1 christos {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
5192 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5193 1.1 christos {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
5194 1.1 christos #endif
5195 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5196 1.1 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5197 1.1 christos {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5198 1.1 christos {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
5199 1.1 christos {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5200 1.1 christos #endif
5201 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5202 1.1 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5203 1.1 christos {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
5204 1.1 christos {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
5205 1.1 christos {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
5206 1.1 christos {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
5207 1.1 christos {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
5208 1.1 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5209 1.1 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5210 1.1 christos {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
5211 1.1 christos {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5212 1.1 christos {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
5213 1.1 christos {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5214 1.1 christos {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
5215 1.1 christos {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
5216 1.1 christos {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
5217 1.1 christos {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
5218 1.1 christos {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
5219 1.1 christos {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
5220 1.1 christos {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
5221 1.1 christos {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
5222 1.1 christos #endif
5223 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5224 1.1 christos /* Frame related pseudos. */
5225 1.1 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5226 1.1 christos {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5227 1.1 christos {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5228 1.1 christos {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
5229 1.1 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5230 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5231 1.1 christos {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
5232 1.1 christos {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
5233 1.1 christos {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
5234 1.1 christos {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
5235 1.1 christos {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
5236 1.1 christos /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
5237 1.1 christos {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
5238 1.1 christos {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
5239 1.1 christos {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
5240 1.1 christos {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
5241 1.1 christos {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
5242 1.1 christos {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
5243 1.1 christos {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
5244 1.1 christos {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
5245 1.1 christos #else
5246 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5247 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5248 1.1 christos #else
5249 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
5250 1.1 christos #endif
5251 1.1 christos #endif
5252 1.1 christos {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
5253 1.1 christos {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5254 1.1 christos {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5255 1.1 christos {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
5256 1.1 christos {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
5257 1.1 christos {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
5258 1.1 christos
5259 1.1 christos {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
5260 1.1 christos {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
5261 1.1 christos {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
5262 1.1 christos {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
5263 1.1 christos {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
5264 1.1 christos {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
5265 1.1 christos {"option", s_ignore, 0},
5266 1.1 christos {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
5267 1.1 christos {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
5268 1.1 christos {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
5269 1.1 christos
5270 1.1 christos {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
5271 1.1 christos {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5272 1.1 christos {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5273 1.1 christos {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5274 1.1 christos {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
5275 1.1 christos {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5276 1.1 christos {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5277 1.1 christos {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
5278 1.1 christos {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
5279 1.1 christos {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
5280 1.1 christos
5281 1.1 christos /* Unaligned data pseudos. */
5282 1.1 christos {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5283 1.1 christos {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5284 1.1 christos {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5285 1.1 christos
5286 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5287 1.1 christos /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
5288 1.1 christos {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5289 1.1 christos {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5290 1.1 christos {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5291 1.1 christos #endif
5292 1.1 christos
5293 1.1 christos /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
5294 1.1 christos {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
5295 1.1 christos {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
5296 1.1 christos
5297 1.1 christos {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
5298 1.1 christos
5299 1.1 christos {NULL, 0, 0},
5300 1.1 christos };
5301 1.1 christos
5302 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5304 1.1 christos
5305 1.1 christos /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
5306 1.1 christos unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
5307 1.1 christos
5308 1.1 christos static inline void
5309 1.1 christos maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
5310 1.1 christos {
5311 1.1 christos bfd_vma vma;
5312 1.1 christos
5313 1.1 christos if (!sec)
5314 1.1 christos return;
5315 1.1 christos vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec);
5316 1.1 christos if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
5317 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value = vma;
5318 1.1 christos }
5319 1.1 christos
5320 1.1 christos static void
5321 1.1 christos select_gp_value (void)
5322 1.1 christos {
5323 1.1 christos gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
5324 1.1 christos
5325 1.1 christos /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
5326 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value = 0;
5327 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value--;
5328 1.1 christos
5329 1.1 christos /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
5330 1.1 christos maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
5331 1.1 christos
5332 1.1 christos /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
5333 1.1 christos #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
5334 1.1 christos
5335 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
5336 1.1 christos
5337 1.5 christos S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
5338 1.1 christos
5339 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG1
5340 1.1 christos printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
5341 1.1 christos #endif
5342 1.1 christos }
5343 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
5344 1.1 christos
5345 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5346 1.1 christos /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
5347 1.1 christos
5348 1.1 christos bfd_vma
5349 1.1 christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
5350 1.1 christos {
5351 1.1 christos if (letter == 's')
5352 1.1 christos return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
5353 1.1 christos
5354 1.1 christos *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
5355 1.1 christos return -1;
5356 1.1 christos }
5357 1.1 christos
5358 1.1 christos /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
5359 1.1 christos
5360 1.1 christos flagword
5361 1.1 christos alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5362 1.1 christos {
5363 1.5 christos if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
5364 1.5 christos flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
5365 1.1 christos return flags;
5366 1.1 christos }
5367 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
5368 1.1 christos
5369 1.1 christos /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
5370 1.1 christos of an rs_align_code fragment. */
5371 1.1 christos
5372 1.1 christos void
5373 1.1 christos alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
5374 1.1 christos {
5375 1.1 christos static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
5376 1.1 christos static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
5377 1.1 christos {
5378 1.1 christos 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
5379 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
5380 1.1 christos };
5381 1.1 christos
5382 1.1 christos int bytes, fix;
5383 1.1 christos char *p;
5384 1.1 christos
5385 1.1 christos if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
5386 1.1 christos return;
5387 1.1 christos
5388 1.1 christos bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
5389 1.1 christos p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
5390 1.1 christos fix = 0;
5391 1.1 christos
5392 1.1 christos if (bytes & 3)
5393 1.1 christos {
5394 1.1 christos fix = bytes & 3;
5395 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, fix);
5396 1.1 christos p += fix;
5397 1.1 christos bytes -= fix;
5398 1.1 christos }
5399 1.1 christos
5400 1.1 christos if (bytes & 4)
5401 1.1 christos {
5402 1.1 christos memcpy (p, unop, 4);
5403 1.1 christos p += 4;
5404 1.1 christos bytes -= 4;
5405 1.1 christos fix += 4;
5406 1.1 christos }
5407 1.1 christos
5408 1.1 christos memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
5409 1.1 christos
5410 1.1 christos fragp->fr_fix += fix;
5411 1.1 christos fragp->fr_var = 8;
5412 1.1 christos }
5413 1.1 christos
5414 1.1 christos /* Public interface functions. */
5416 1.1 christos
5417 1.1 christos /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
5418 1.1 christos up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
5419 1.1 christos need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
5420 1.1 christos
5421 1.1 christos void
5422 1.1 christos md_begin (void)
5423 1.1 christos {
5424 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
5425 1.1 christos
5426 1.1 christos /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
5427 1.1 christos {
5428 1.1 christos expressionS e;
5429 1.1 christos
5430 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_max;
5431 1.1 christos gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
5432 1.1 christos }
5433 1.1 christos
5434 1.1 christos /* Create the opcode hash table. */
5435 1.1 christos alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
5436 1.1 christos
5437 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
5438 1.1 christos {
5439 1.1 christos const char *name, *retval, *slash;
5440 1.1 christos
5441 1.5 christos name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
5442 1.1 christos retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5443 1.1 christos if (retval)
5444 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
5445 1.1 christos name, retval);
5446 1.1 christos
5447 1.1 christos /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
5448 1.1 christos syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
5449 1.1 christos use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
5450 1.1 christos without the "/". */
5451 1.1 christos
5452 1.1 christos if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
5453 1.1 christos {
5454 1.1 christos char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
5455 1.1 christos
5456 1.1 christos memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
5457 1.1 christos strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
5458 1.1 christos
5459 1.1 christos (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5460 1.1 christos /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
5461 1.1 christos variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
5462 1.1 christos }
5463 1.1 christos
5464 1.1 christos while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
5465 1.1 christos && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
5466 1.1 christos || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
5467 1.1 christos continue;
5468 1.1 christos }
5469 1.1 christos
5470 1.1 christos /* Create the macro hash table. */
5471 1.1 christos alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
5472 1.1 christos
5473 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
5474 1.1 christos {
5475 1.1 christos const char *name, *retval;
5476 1.1 christos
5477 1.1 christos name = alpha_macros[i].name;
5478 1.1 christos retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
5479 1.1 christos if (retval)
5480 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
5481 1.1 christos name, retval);
5482 1.1 christos
5483 1.1 christos while (++i < alpha_num_macros
5484 1.1 christos && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
5485 1.1 christos || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
5486 1.1 christos continue;
5487 1.1 christos }
5488 1.1 christos
5489 1.1 christos /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
5490 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5491 1.1 christos {
5492 1.1 christos char name[4];
5493 1.1 christos
5494 1.1 christos sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
5495 1.1 christos alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5496 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag);
5497 1.1 christos }
5498 1.1 christos
5499 1.1 christos for (; i < 64; ++i)
5500 1.1 christos {
5501 1.1 christos char name[5];
5502 1.1 christos
5503 1.1 christos sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
5504 1.1 christos alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5505 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag);
5506 1.1 christos }
5507 1.1 christos
5508 1.1 christos /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
5509 1.1 christos
5510 1.1 christos /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
5511 1.1 christos bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
5512 1.1 christos
5513 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5514 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
5515 1.1 christos
5516 1.1 christos /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
5517 1.1 christos symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
5518 1.1 christos alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
5519 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag);
5520 1.1 christos #endif
5521 1.1 christos
5522 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5523 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
5524 1.1 christos #endif
5525 1.1 christos
5526 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5527 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
5528 1.1 christos {
5529 1.1 christos segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
5530 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
5531 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
5532 1.1 christos }
5533 1.1 christos #endif
5534 1.1 christos
5535 1.1 christos /* Create literal lookup hash table. */
5536 1.1 christos alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
5537 1.1 christos
5538 1.1 christos subseg_set (text_section, 0);
5539 1.1 christos }
5540 1.1 christos
5541 1.1 christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
5542 1.1 christos
5543 1.1 christos void
5544 1.1 christos md_assemble (char *str)
5545 1.1 christos {
5546 1.1 christos /* Current maximum is 13. */
5547 1.1 christos char opname[32];
5548 1.1 christos expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
5549 1.1 christos int ntok, trunclen;
5550 1.1 christos size_t opnamelen;
5551 1.1 christos
5552 1.1 christos /* Split off the opcode. */
5553 1.1 christos opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
5554 1.1 christos trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
5555 1.1 christos ? opnamelen
5556 1.1 christos : sizeof (opname) - 1);
5557 1.1 christos memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
5558 1.1 christos opname[trunclen] = '\0';
5559 1.1 christos
5560 1.1 christos /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
5561 1.1 christos if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
5562 1.1 christos {
5563 1.1 christos if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
5564 1.1 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
5565 1.1 christos
5566 1.1 christos return;
5567 1.1 christos }
5568 1.1 christos
5569 1.1 christos /* Finish it off. */
5570 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
5571 1.1 christos }
5572 1.1 christos
5573 1.1 christos /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
5574 1.1 christos
5575 1.1 christos valueT
5576 1.5 christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
5577 1.1 christos {
5578 1.1 christos int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
5579 1.5 christos valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
5580 1.1 christos
5581 1.1 christos return (size + mask) & ~mask;
5582 1.1 christos }
5583 1.1 christos
5584 1.1 christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
5585 1.1 christos of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
5586 1.1 christos of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
5587 1.6 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
5588 1.1 christos
5589 1.1 christos const char *
5590 1.1 christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
5591 1.1 christos {
5592 1.1 christos extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
5593 1.1 christos
5594 1.1 christos switch (type)
5595 1.1 christos {
5596 1.1 christos /* VAX floats. */
5597 1.1 christos case 'G':
5598 1.1 christos /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
5599 1.1 christos type = 'g';
5600 1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
5601 1.1 christos case 'F':
5602 1.1 christos case 'D':
5603 1.1 christos return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
5604 1.1 christos
5605 1.1 christos default:
5606 1.1 christos return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
5607 1.1 christos }
5608 1.1 christos }
5609 1.1 christos
5610 1.1 christos /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
5611 1.1 christos
5612 1.1 christos int
5613 1.1 christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
5614 1.1 christos {
5615 1.1 christos switch (c)
5616 1.1 christos {
5617 1.1 christos case 'F':
5618 1.1 christos alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
5619 1.1 christos break;
5620 1.1 christos
5621 1.1 christos case OPTION_32ADDR:
5622 1.1 christos alpha_addr32_on = 1;
5623 1.1 christos break;
5624 1.1 christos
5625 1.1 christos case 'g':
5626 1.1 christos alpha_debug = 1;
5627 1.1 christos break;
5628 1.1 christos
5629 1.1 christos case 'G':
5630 1.1 christos g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
5631 1.1 christos break;
5632 1.1 christos
5633 1.1 christos case 'm':
5634 1.1 christos {
5635 1.1 christos const struct cpu_type *p;
5636 1.1 christos
5637 1.1 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5638 1.1 christos if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
5639 1.1 christos {
5640 1.1 christos alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5641 1.1 christos goto found;
5642 1.1 christos }
5643 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
5644 1.1 christos found:;
5645 1.1 christos }
5646 1.1 christos break;
5647 1.1 christos
5648 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5649 1.1 christos case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
5650 1.1 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
5651 1.1 christos break;
5652 1.1 christos
5653 1.1 christos case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
5654 1.1 christos alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
5655 1.1 christos break;
5656 1.1 christos
5657 1.1 christos case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
5658 1.1 christos break;
5659 1.1 christos
5660 1.1 christos case OPTION_REPLACE:
5661 1.1 christos alpha_flag_replace = 1;
5662 1.1 christos break;
5663 1.1 christos
5664 1.1 christos case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
5665 1.1 christos alpha_flag_replace = 0;
5666 1.1 christos break;
5667 1.1 christos #endif
5668 1.1 christos
5669 1.1 christos case OPTION_RELAX:
5670 1.1 christos alpha_flag_relax = 1;
5671 1.1 christos break;
5672 1.1 christos
5673 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5674 1.1 christos case OPTION_MDEBUG:
5675 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
5676 1.1 christos break;
5677 1.1 christos case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
5678 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
5679 1.1 christos break;
5680 1.1 christos #endif
5681 1.1 christos
5682 1.1 christos default:
5683 1.1 christos return 0;
5684 1.1 christos }
5685 1.1 christos
5686 1.1 christos return 1;
5687 1.1 christos }
5688 1.1 christos
5689 1.1 christos /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
5690 1.1 christos
5691 1.1 christos void
5692 1.1 christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
5693 1.1 christos {
5694 1.1 christos fputs (_("\
5695 1.1 christos Alpha options:\n\
5696 1.1 christos -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
5697 1.1 christos -F lack floating point instructions support\n\
5698 1.1 christos -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
5699 1.1 christos specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
5700 1.1 christos -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
5701 1.1 christos these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
5702 1.1 christos stream);
5703 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5704 1.1 christos fputs (_("\
5705 1.1 christos VMS options:\n\
5706 1.1 christos -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
5707 1.1 christos -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
5708 1.1 christos -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
5709 1.1 christos stream);
5710 1.1 christos #endif
5711 1.1 christos }
5712 1.1 christos
5713 1.1 christos /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
5714 1.1 christos relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
5715 1.1 christos
5716 1.1 christos long
5717 1.1 christos md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
5718 1.1 christos {
5719 1.1 christos valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
5720 1.1 christos
5721 1.1 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5722 1.1 christos {
5723 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5724 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5725 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5726 1.1 christos return addr + 4;
5727 1.1 christos default:
5728 1.1 christos return addr;
5729 1.1 christos }
5730 1.1 christos }
5731 1.1 christos
5732 1.1 christos /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
5733 1.1 christos ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
5734 1.1 christos To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
5735 1.1 christos
5736 1.1 christos For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
5737 1.1 christos internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
5738 1.1 christos this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
5739 1.1 christos the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
5740 1.1 christos GPDISP. */
5741 1.1 christos
5742 1.1 christos void
5743 1.1 christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
5744 1.1 christos {
5745 1.1 christos char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
5746 1.1 christos valueT value = * valP;
5747 1.1 christos unsigned image, size;
5748 1.1 christos
5749 1.1 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5750 1.1 christos {
5751 1.1 christos /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
5752 1.1 christos referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
5753 1.1 christos in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
5754 1.1 christos the function, gives the desired GP. */
5755 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
5756 1.1 christos {
5757 1.1 christos fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
5758 1.1 christos
5759 1.1 christos /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
5760 1.1 christos the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
5761 1.1 christos error message. */
5762 1.1 christos if (next)
5763 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
5764 1.1 christos - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
5765 1.1 christos
5766 1.1 christos value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
5767 1.1 christos }
5768 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5769 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
5770 1.1 christos #endif
5771 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_gp;
5772 1.1 christos
5773 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
5774 1.1 christos value = sign_extend_16 (value);
5775 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
5776 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5777 1.1 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5778 1.1 christos #endif
5779 1.1 christos
5780 1.1 christos do_reloc_gp:
5781 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
5782 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5783 1.1 christos break;
5784 1.1 christos
5785 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
5786 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5787 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
5788 1.1 christos size = 2;
5789 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5790 1.1 christos
5791 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
5792 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5793 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
5794 1.1 christos size = 4;
5795 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5796 1.1 christos
5797 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
5798 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5799 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
5800 1.1 christos size = 8;
5801 1.1 christos
5802 1.1 christos do_reloc_xx:
5803 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5804 1.1 christos {
5805 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
5806 1.1 christos goto done;
5807 1.1 christos }
5808 1.1 christos return;
5809 1.1 christos
5810 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5811 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5812 1.1 christos gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
5813 1.1 christos fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
5814 1.1 christos /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
5815 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
5816 1.1 christos break;
5817 1.1 christos #else
5818 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5819 1.1 christos #endif
5820 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
5821 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
5822 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
5823 1.1 christos return;
5824 1.1 christos
5825 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5826 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5827 1.1 christos {
5828 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5829 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5830 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5831 1.1 christos }
5832 1.1 christos return;
5833 1.1 christos
5834 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5835 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5836 1.1 christos {
5837 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5838 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5839 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5840 1.1 christos }
5841 1.1 christos return;
5842 1.1 christos
5843 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5844 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5845 1.1 christos return;
5846 1.1 christos
5847 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
5848 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
5849 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
5850 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
5851 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
5852 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
5853 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
5854 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
5855 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
5856 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
5857 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy)
5858 1.1 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
5859 1.1 christos return;
5860 1.1 christos #endif
5861 1.1 christos
5862 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5863 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
5864 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5865 1.1 christos return;
5866 1.1 christos #endif
5867 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
5868 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
5869 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
5870 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
5871 1.1 christos return;
5872 1.1 christos
5873 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5874 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
5875 1.1 christos value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5876 1.1 christos
5877 1.1 christos /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
5878 1.1 christos "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
5879 1.1 christos as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
5880 1.1 christos and the same test is done again." */
5881 1.1 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5882 1.1 christos {
5883 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5884 1.1 christos return;
5885 1.1 christos }
5886 1.1 christos
5887 1.1 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5888 1.1 christos goto done;
5889 1.1 christos else
5890 1.1 christos {
5891 1.1 christos /* Change to a nop. */
5892 1.1 christos image = 0x47FF041F;
5893 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5894 1.1 christos }
5895 1.1 christos
5896 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
5897 1.1 christos /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
5898 1.1 christos the value for an O_subtract. */
5899 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy
5900 1.1 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5901 1.1 christos {
5902 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
5903 1.1 christos return;
5904 1.1 christos }
5905 1.1 christos
5906 1.1 christos if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
5907 1.1 christos goto done;
5908 1.1 christos else
5909 1.1 christos {
5910 1.1 christos /* Change to an lda. */
5911 1.1 christos image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
5912 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5913 1.1 christos }
5914 1.1 christos
5915 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
5916 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
5917 1.1 christos value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5918 1.1 christos
5919 1.1 christos /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
5920 1.1 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5921 1.1 christos {
5922 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5923 1.1 christos return;
5924 1.1 christos }
5925 1.1 christos
5926 1.1 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5927 1.1 christos {
5928 1.1 christos /* Out of range. */
5929 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
5930 1.1 christos {
5931 1.1 christos /* Add a hint. */
5932 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
5933 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5934 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5935 1.1 christos }
5936 1.1 christos goto done;
5937 1.1 christos }
5938 1.1 christos else
5939 1.1 christos {
5940 1.1 christos /* Change to a branch. */
5941 1.1 christos image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5942 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5943 1.1 christos }
5944 1.1 christos #endif
5945 1.1 christos
5946 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
5947 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
5948 1.1 christos return;
5949 1.1 christos
5950 1.1 christos default:
5951 1.1 christos {
5952 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand;
5953 1.1 christos
5954 1.1 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
5955 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
5956 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
5957 1.1 christos
5958 1.1 christos gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
5959 1.1 christos operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
5960 1.1 christos
5961 1.1 christos /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
5962 1.1 christos resolution and have no representation in the object file.
5963 1.1 christos Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
5964 1.1 christos
5965 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
5966 1.1 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
5967 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5968 1.1 christos _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
5969 1.1 christos
5970 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5971 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
5972 1.1 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
5973 1.1 christos }
5974 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5975 1.1 christos }
5976 1.1 christos
5977 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
5978 1.1 christos return;
5979 1.1 christos else
5980 1.1 christos {
5981 1.1 christos as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5982 1.1 christos _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
5983 1.1 christos goto done;
5984 1.1 christos }
5985 1.1 christos
5986 1.1 christos write_done:
5987 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
5988 1.1 christos
5989 1.1 christos done:
5990 1.1 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5991 1.1 christos }
5992 1.1 christos
5993 1.1 christos /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
5994 1.1 christos
5995 1.1 christos symbolS *
5996 1.1 christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
5997 1.1 christos {
5998 1.1 christos if (*name == '$')
5999 1.1 christos {
6000 1.1 christos int is_float = 0, num;
6001 1.1 christos
6002 1.1 christos switch (*++name)
6003 1.1 christos {
6004 1.1 christos case 'f':
6005 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6006 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
6007 1.1 christos is_float = 32;
6008 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
6009 1.1 christos
6010 1.1 christos case 'r':
6011 1.1 christos if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
6012 1.1 christos break;
6013 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
6014 1.1 christos
6015 1.1 christos case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6016 1.1 christos case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6017 1.1 christos if (name[1] == '\0')
6018 1.1 christos num = name[0] - '0';
6019 1.1 christos else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
6020 1.1 christos {
6021 1.1 christos num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
6022 1.1 christos if (num >= 32)
6023 1.1 christos break;
6024 1.1 christos }
6025 1.1 christos else
6026 1.1 christos break;
6027 1.1 christos
6028 1.1 christos if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
6029 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6030 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
6031 1.1 christos
6032 1.1 christos case 'a':
6033 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
6034 1.1 christos {
6035 1.1 christos if (!alpha_noat_on)
6036 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6037 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
6038 1.1 christos }
6039 1.1 christos break;
6040 1.1 christos
6041 1.1 christos case 'g':
6042 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6043 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
6044 1.1 christos break;
6045 1.1 christos
6046 1.1 christos case 's':
6047 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6048 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
6049 1.1 christos break;
6050 1.1 christos }
6051 1.1 christos }
6052 1.1 christos return NULL;
6053 1.1 christos }
6054 1.1 christos
6055 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6056 1.1 christos /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
6057 1.1 christos
6058 1.1 christos void
6059 1.1 christos alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
6060 1.1 christos {
6061 1.1 christos select_gp_value ();
6062 1.1 christos /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
6063 1.1 christos alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
6064 1.1 christos alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
6065 1.1 christos }
6066 1.1 christos #endif
6067 1.1 christos
6068 1.1 christos /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
6069 1.1 christos code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
6070 1.1 christos required. */
6071 1.1 christos
6072 1.1 christos void
6073 1.1 christos alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
6074 1.1 christos {
6075 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = sym;
6076 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6077 1.1 christos dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
6078 1.1 christos #endif
6079 1.1 christos }
6080 1.1 christos
6081 1.1 christos /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
6082 1.1 christos there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
6083 1.1 christos
6084 1.1 christos int
6085 1.1 christos alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
6086 1.1 christos {
6087 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_relax)
6088 1.1 christos return 1;
6089 1.1 christos
6090 1.1 christos switch (f->fx_r_type)
6091 1.1 christos {
6092 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6093 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6094 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6095 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6096 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6097 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6098 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6099 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6100 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6101 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6102 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6103 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6104 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6105 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6106 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6107 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6108 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6109 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6110 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6111 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6112 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6113 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6114 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6115 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6116 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6117 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6118 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6119 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6120 1.1 christos #endif
6121 1.1 christos return 1;
6122 1.1 christos
6123 1.1 christos default:
6124 1.1 christos break;
6125 1.1 christos }
6126 1.1 christos
6127 1.1 christos return generic_force_reloc (f);
6128 1.1 christos }
6129 1.1 christos
6130 1.1 christos /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
6131 1.1 christos
6132 1.1 christos int
6133 1.1 christos alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
6134 1.1 christos {
6135 1.1 christos /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
6136 1.1 christos reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
6137 1.1 christos switch (f->fx_r_type)
6138 1.1 christos {
6139 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6140 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6141 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6142 1.1 christos return 0;
6143 1.1 christos
6144 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6145 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6146 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6147 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6148 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6149 1.1 christos return 1;
6150 1.1 christos
6151 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
6152 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
6153 1.1 christos return 0;
6154 1.1 christos
6155 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6156 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6157 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6158 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6159 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
6160 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
6161 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
6162 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
6163 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
6164 1.1 christos return 1;
6165 1.1 christos
6166 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6167 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6168 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6169 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6170 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6171 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6172 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6173 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6174 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6175 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6176 1.1 christos /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
6177 1.1 christos we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
6178 1.1 christos return 0;
6179 1.1 christos
6180 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6181 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6182 1.1 christos /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
6183 1.1 christos let it get resolved at assembly time. */
6184 1.1 christos {
6185 1.1 christos symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
6186 1.1 christos const char *name;
6187 1.1 christos int offset = 0;
6188 1.1 christos
6189 1.1 christos if (generic_force_reloc (f))
6190 1.1 christos return 0;
6191 1.1 christos
6192 1.1 christos switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
6193 1.1 christos {
6194 1.1 christos case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
6195 1.1 christos break;
6196 1.1 christos case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
6197 1.1 christos offset = 8;
6198 1.1 christos break;
6199 1.1 christos default:
6200 1.1 christos if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
6201 1.1 christos name = "<local>";
6202 1.1 christos else
6203 1.1 christos name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
6204 1.1 christos as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
6205 1.1 christos _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
6206 1.1 christos name);
6207 1.1 christos break;
6208 1.1 christos }
6209 1.1 christos f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
6210 1.1 christos f->fx_offset += offset;
6211 1.1 christos return 1;
6212 1.1 christos }
6213 1.1 christos #endif
6214 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6215 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6216 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6217 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6218 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6219 1.1 christos return 1;
6220 1.1 christos #endif
6221 1.1 christos
6222 1.1 christos default:
6223 1.5 christos return 1;
6224 1.5 christos }
6225 1.1 christos }
6226 1.1 christos
6227 1.1 christos /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
6228 1.1 christos fixup used internally in the assembler. */
6229 1.1 christos
6230 1.1 christos arelent *
6231 1.1 christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6232 1.1 christos fixS *fixp)
6233 1.1 christos {
6234 1.1 christos arelent *reloc;
6235 1.1 christos
6236 1.1 christos reloc = XNEW (arelent);
6237 1.1 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
6238 1.1 christos *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6239 1.1 christos reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
6240 1.1 christos
6241 1.1 christos /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
6242 1.1 christos They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
6243 1.1 christos gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
6244 1.1 christos
6245 1.1 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
6246 1.1 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
6247 1.1 christos {
6248 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
6249 1.1 christos _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
6250 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6251 1.1 christos return NULL;
6252 1.1 christos }
6253 1.1 christos
6254 1.1 christos if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
6255 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
6256 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6257 1.1 christos
6258 1.1 christos gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
6259 1.1 christos
6260 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
6261 1.1 christos
6262 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6263 1.1 christos /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
6264 1.1 christos /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
6265 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
6266 1.1 christos reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
6267 1.1 christos #endif
6268 1.1 christos
6269 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6270 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
6271 1.1 christos {
6272 1.1 christos struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
6273 1.1 christos const char *pname;
6274 1.1 christos int pname_len;
6275 1.1 christos
6276 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6277 1.1 christos /* Copy the linkage index. */
6278 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6279 1.1 christos break;
6280 1.5 christos
6281 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6282 1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6283 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6284 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6285 1.1 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
6286 1.1 christos
6287 1.1 christos /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
6288 1.1 christos the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
6289 1.1 christos pname_len = strlen (pname);
6290 1.1 christos if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
6291 1.1 christos {
6292 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
6293 1.1 christos char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
6294 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
6295 1.1 christos free (my_pname);
6296 1.1 christos if (sym == NULL)
6297 1.1 christos abort ();
6298 1.1 christos
6299 1.5 christos while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
6300 1.1 christos {
6301 1.1 christos symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
6302 1.1 christos
6303 1.1 christos /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
6304 1.1 christos written program. */
6305 1.1 christos if (n == sym)
6306 1.1 christos break;
6307 1.1 christos sym = n;
6308 1.1 christos }
6309 1.1 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
6310 1.1 christos }
6311 1.1 christos
6312 1.1 christos udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
6313 1.1 christos udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6314 1.1 christos udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
6315 1.1 christos udata->origname = (char *)pname;
6316 1.1 christos udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6317 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
6318 1.1 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
6319 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6320 1.1 christos
6321 1.1 christos default:
6322 1.1 christos break;
6323 1.1 christos }
6324 1.1 christos #endif
6325 1.1 christos
6326 1.1 christos return reloc;
6327 1.1 christos }
6328 1.1 christos
6329 1.1 christos /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
6330 1.3 christos number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
6331 1.3 christos matching for us.
6332 1.1 christos
6333 1.1 christos Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
6334 1.1 christos
6335 1.1 christos int
6336 1.1 christos tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6337 1.1 christos {
6338 1.1 christos int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
6339 1.1 christos
6340 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6341 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
6342 1.1 christos {
6343 1.1 christos char *s;
6344 1.1 christos char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
6345 1.1 christos symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
6346 1.1 christos
6347 1.1 christos *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
6348 1.1 christos if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
6349 1.1 christos goto found;
6350 1.1 christos }
6351 1.1 christos as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
6352 1.1 christos
6353 1.1 christos found:
6354 1.1 christos note_gpreg (framereg);
6355 1.1 christos return framereg;
6356 1.1 christos }
6357 1.1 christos
6358 1.1 christos /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
6359 1.1 christos work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
6360 1.1 christos However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
6361 1.1 christos called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
6362 1.1 christos mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
6363 1.1 christos mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
6364 1.1 christos
6365 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6366 1.1 christos
6367 1.1 christos void
6368 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
6369 {
6370 if (alpha_debug != 0
6371 && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
6372 flag_keep_locals = 1;
6373 }
6374
6375 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
6376
6377 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
6378 IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
6379 format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
6380 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
6381